UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC  20549

FORM 10-K

          ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
          THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended:  April 30, 2018

OR

           TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED)

For the transition period from to
Commission file number   001-11507

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

NEW YORK
 
13-5593032
State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization
 
I.R.S. Employer Identification No.
     
111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ
 
07030
Address of principal executive offices
 
Zip Code

 
(201) 748-6000
 
 
Registrant's telephone number including area code
 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Class A Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
Class B Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share
 
New York Stock Exchange

 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
 
None
 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes    No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes    No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes    No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes    No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer 
Accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer 
Smaller reporting company 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Emerging growth company 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   Yes     No

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, October 31, 2017, was approximately $2,453 million. The registrant has no non-voting common stock.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's Class A and Class B Common Stock as of May 31, 2018 was 48,346,657 and 9,153,493 respectively.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement for use in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders scheduled to be held on September 27, 2018, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.


JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 2018
INDEX

PART I
 
PAGE
Business
3
Risk Factors
9
Unresolved Staff Comments
14
Properties
15
Legal Proceedings
15
Mine Safety Disclosures
15
 
16
     
PART II
   
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
17
Selected Financial Data
18
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
19
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
40
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
42
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
76
Controls and Procedures
76
Other Information
76
     
PART III
   
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
76
Executive Compensation
77
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
77
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
77
Principal Accounting Fees and Services          
77
     
PART IV
   
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
78
Form 10-K Summary
 79
     
   

1


Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements "Safe Harbor" Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995:

This report contains "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 concerning our business, consolidated financial condition and results of operations. The Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") encourages companies to disclose forward-looking information so that investors can better understand a company's future prospects and make informed investment decisions. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside our control, which could cause actual results to differ materially from these statements. Therefore, you should not rely on any of these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by such words as "anticipates," "believes," "plan," "assumes," "could," "should," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "potential," "seek," "predict," "may," "will" and similar references to future periods. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this report regarding our strategies, prospects, financial condition, operations, costs, plans and objectives are forward-looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include, among others, statements we make regarding our fiscal year 2019 outlook, operations, performance, and financial condition. Reliance should not be placed on forward-looking statements, as actual results may differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements. Any such forward-looking statements are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that are inherently subject to uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control, and are subject to change based on many important factors. Such factors include, but are not limited to (i) the level of investment in new technologies and products; (ii) subscriber renewal rates for our journals; (iii) the financial stability and liquidity of journal subscription agents; (iv) the consolidation of book wholesalers and retail accounts; (v) the market position and financial stability of key retailers; (vi) the seasonal nature of our educational business and the impact of the used-book market; (vii) worldwide economic and political conditions; (viii) our ability to protect our copyrights and other intellectual property worldwide; (ix) our ability to successfully integrate acquired operations and realize expected opportunities and (x) other factors detailed from time to time in our filings with the SEC. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

Please refer to Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors," of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for important factors that we believe could cause actual results to differ materially from those in our forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement made by us in this report is based only on information currently available to us and speaks only as of the date on which it is made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures:

We present financial information that conforms to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP"). We also present financial information that does not conform to U.S. GAAP, which we refer to as non-GAAP.

In this report, we may present the following non-GAAP performance measures:

Adjusted Earnings Per Share "(Adjusted EPS)";
Free Cash Flow less product development spending;
Adjusted Operating Income and margin;
Adjusted Contribution to Profit and margin; and
Results on a constant currency basis.

Management uses these non-GAAP performance measures as supplemental indicators of our operating performance and financial position as well for internal reporting and forecasting purposes, when publicly providing its outlook, to evaluate our performance and calculate incentive compensation. We present these non-GAAP performance measures in addition to U.S. GAAP financial results because we believe that these non-GAAP performance measures provide useful information to certain investors and financial analysts for operational trends and comparisons across accounting periods. The use of these non-GAAP performance measures provides a consistent basis to evaluate operating profitability and performance trends by excluding items that we do not consider to be controllable activities for this purpose.

For example:
Adjusted EPS, Adjusted Operating Profit, and Adjusted Contribution to Profit provide a more comparable basis to analyze operating results and earnings and are measures commonly used by shareholders to measure our performance.
Free Cash Flow less Product Development Spending helps assess our ability, over the long term, to create value for our shareholders as it represents cash available to repay debt, pay common dividends and fund share repurchases and new acquisitions.
Results on a constant currency basis removes distortion from the effects of foreign currency movements to provide better comparability of our business trends from period to period. We measure our performance before the impact of foreign currency (or at "constant currency"), which means that we apply the same foreign currency exchange rates for the current and equivalent prior period.

2

In addition, we have historically provided these or similar non-GAAP performance measures and understand that some investors and financial analysts find this information helpful in analyzing our operating margins, and net income and comparing our financial performance to that of our peer companies and competitors. Based on interactions with investors, we also believe that our non-GAAP performance measures are regarded as useful to our investors as supplemental to our U.S. GAAP financial results, and that there is no confusion regarding the adjustments or our operating performance to our investors due to the comprehensive nature of our disclosures. We have not provided our 2019 outlook for the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures, as they are not available without unreasonable effort due to the high variability, complexity, and low visibility with respect to certain items, including restructuring charges and credits, gains and losses on foreign currency, and other gains and losses. These items are uncertain, depend on various factors, and could be material to our consolidated results computed in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Non-GAAP performance measures do not have standardized meanings prescribed by U.S. GAAP and therefore may not be comparable to the calculation of similar measures used by other companies, and should not be viewed as alternatives to measures of financial results under U.S. GAAP. The adjusted metrics have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation from or as a substitute for U.S. GAAP information. It does not purport to represent any similarly titled U.S. GAAP information and is not an indicator of our performance under U.S. GAAP. Non-U.S. GAAP financial metrics that we present may not be comparable with similarly titled measures used by others. Investors are cautioned against placing undue reliance on these non-U.S. GAAP measures.

PART I

Item 1.
Business

The Company, founded in 1807, was incorporated in the state of New York on January 15, 1904. Throughout this report, when we refer to "Wiley," the "Company," "we," "our," or "us," we are referring to John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and all of our subsidiaries, except where the context indicates otherwise.

Please refer to Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," for financial information about the Company and its subsidiaries, which is incorporated herein by reference. Also, when we cross reference to a "Note," we are referring to our "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," unless the context indicates otherwise.

We are a global research and learning company. Through the Research segment, we provide scientific, technical, medical, and scholarly journals, as well as related content and services, to academic, corporate, and government libraries, learned societies, and individual researchers and other professionals. The Publishing segment provides scientific, professional, and education books and related content in print and digital formats, as well as test preparation services and course workflow tools, to libraries, corporations, students, professionals, and researchers.  The Solutions segment provides online program management services for higher education institutions and learning, development, and assessment services for businesses and professionals. Our operations are primarily located in the United States ("U.S."), Canada, United Kingdom ("U.K."), Germany, Singapore, and Australia.

Business growth strategies include driving pricing and volume growth from existing journal and book brands and titles, as well as learning services related to education and professional development, the development of new journal titles or through publishing partnerships, technology and content acquisitions which complement our existing businesses, designing and implementing new methods of delivering products to our customers, and the development of new products and services.

Business Segments

We report our segment information in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 280, "Segment Reporting" ("FASB ASC Topic 280"). Our segment reporting structure consists of three reportable segments, which are listed below, and a Corporate category:
Research;
Publishing; and
Solutions

Research:

Research's mission is to support researchers, professionals and learners in the discovery and use of research knowledge to help them achieve their goals in research, learning and practice.  Research provides scientific, technical, medical, and scholarly journals, as well as related content and services, to academic, corporate, and government libraries, learned societies, and individual researchers and other professionals. Journal publishing areas include the physical sciences and engineering, health sciences, social sciences and humanities and life sciences. Research also includes our acquisition of Atypon Systems, Inc. ("Atypon"), a publishing software and service provider that enables scholarly and professional societies and publishers to deliver, host, enhance, market, and manage their content on the web through the Literatum platform. 

3

Research's customers include academic, corporate, government, and public libraries, funders of research, researchers, scientists, clinicians, engineers and technologists, scholarly and professional societies, and students and professors. Research's products are sold and distributed globally in digital and print formats through multiple channels, including research libraries and library consortia, independent subscription agents, direct sales to professional society members, and other customers. Publishing centers include Australia, China, Germany, India, the United Kingdom, and the United States. Research's revenue accounted for approximately 52% of our consolidated revenue in fiscal year 2018.

Research's major products are: Journal Subscriptions, Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other, Open Access and Publishing Technology Services (Atypon). The graphs below present Research revenue by product type for fiscal years 2018 and 2017:


Key growth strategies for the Research business include evolving and developing new licensing models for our institutional customers, developing new open access products and revenue streams, focusing resources on high-growth and emerging markets, and developing new digital products, services, and workflow solutions to meet the needs of researchers, authors, societies, and corporate customers.

Journal Subscriptions

We publish approximately 1,700 academic research journals. We sell journal subscriptions   directly through our sales representatives, indirectly through independent subscription agents, through promotional campaigns, and through memberships in professional societies for those journals that are sponsored by societies. Journal subscriptions, making up approximately 38% of our consolidated fiscal year 2018 total company revenue, are primarily licensed through contracts for digital content available online through Wiley Online Library. In March 2018, we migrated our Wiley Online Library platform to our Literatum platform, which we acquired as part of our purchase of Atypon in fiscal year 2017. Contracts are negotiated by us directly with customers or their subscription agents. Licenses range from one to three years in duration and typically cover calendar years. Print journals are generally mailed to subscribers directly from independent printers. We do not own or manage printing facilities. Subscription revenue is generally collected in advance and deferred until we have fulfilled our obligation to the customer, at which time the revenue is earned.

Approximately 50% of Journal Subscription revenue is derived from publishing rights owned by us. Publishing alliances also play a major role in Research's success. Approximately 50% of Journal Subscription revenue is derived from publication rights that are owned by professional societies and published by us pursuant to a long-term contract (generally 5–10 years) or owned jointly with a professional society. These society alliances bring mutual benefit, with the societies gaining Wiley's publishing, marketing, sales, and distribution expertise, while Wiley benefits from being affiliated with prestigious societies and their members. Societies that sponsor or own such journals generally receive a royalty and/or other financial consideration. We may procure editorial services from such societies on a pre-negotiated fee basis. We also enter into agreements with outside independent editors of journals that define the duties of the editors and the fees and expenses for their services. Contributors of articles to our journal portfolio transfer publication rights to us or a professional society, as applicable. We publish the journals of many prestigious societies, including the American Cancer Society, the American Heart Association, the British Journal of Surgery Society, the European Molecular Biology Organization, the American Anthropological Association, the American Geophysical Union, and the German Chemical Society.

4

Literatum , our online publishing platform for our Research segment, delivers integrated access to over 7 million articles from 1,700 journals, as well as 19,000 online books and hundreds of multi-volume reference works, laboratory protocols and databases. Wiley Online Library, which is delivered through our Literatum platform, provides the user with intuitive navigation, enhanced discoverability, expanded functionality, and a range of personalization options. Access to abstracts is free and full content is accessible through licensing agreements or as individual article purchases. Large portions of the content are provided free or at nominal cost to nations in the developing world through partnerships with certain non-profit organizations. Our online publishing platforms provide revenue growth opportunities through new applications and business models, online advertising, deeper market penetration, and individual sales and pay-per-view options. The Literatum platform hosts over 40% of the world's English language journals.

In 2017, Wiley saw an increase in impact factors across more than half of its indexed titles. An impact factor is an industry measure of the importance of a journal within its field and is determined based on the number of citations received by the journal, from other journals. According to the 2016 Journal Citation Reports ("JCR"), re-released in September 2017 by Clarivate Analytics, 66% of Wiley journals increased their impact factor between 2015 and 2016.  Wiley had 1,205 journals indexed (73% of the Wiley portfolio), with 11 Wiley titles receiving their first impact factor in this year's JCR release. In addition, 20 Wiley journals achieved a top-category rank, including CA:A Cancer Journal for Clinicians (Impact Factor of 187.040, ranked #1 in Oncology), World Psychiatry (Impact Factor of 26.561, ranked #1 in Psychiatry – an increase of 31% on last year) and WIREs Computational Molecular Science (Impact Factor of 14.016, ranked #1 in Mathematical & Computational Biology). The Clarivate Analytics index is a barometer of journal influence across the research community.

Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other

Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other   includes advertising, backfile sales, the licensing of publishing rights, journal and article reprints, and individual article sales. We generate advertising revenue from print and online journal subscription products, our online publishing platform, Literatum, online events such as webinars and virtual conferences, community interest Web sites such as s pectroscopyNOW.com, and other Web sites.  A backfile   license provides access to a historical collection of Wiley journals, generally for a one-time fee. We also engage with international publishers and receive licensing revenue from photocopies, reproductions, translations, and other digital uses of our content. Journal and article reprints   are primarily used by pharmaceutical companies and other industries for marketing and promotional purposes. Through the Article Select and PayPerView programs, we provide fee-based access to non-subscribed journal articles, content, book chapters, and major reference work articles. The Research business is also a provider of content and services in evidence-based medicine ("EBM"). Through our alliance with The Cochrane Collaboration, we publish The Cochrane Library , a premier source of high-quality independent evidence to inform healthcare decision-making. EBM facilitates the effective management of patients through clinical expertise informed by best practice evidence that is derived from medical literature.

Open Access

Under the Open   Access business model, accepted research articles are published subject to payment of Author Publication Charges ("APCs"). All Open Access articles are immediately free to access online. Contributors of Open Access articles retain many rights and typically license their work under terms that permit re-use.

Open Access offers authors choices in how to share and disseminate their work, and it serves the needs of researchers who may be required by their research funder to make articles freely accessible without embargo. APCs are typically paid by the individual author or by the author's funder, and payments are often mediated by the author's institution. We provide specific workflows and infrastructure to authors, funders, and institutions to support the requirements of the Open Access model.

We offer two Open Access publishing models. The first of these is Hybrid Open Access where, upon payment of an APC, authors publishing in the majority of our paid subscription journals are offered, after article acceptance, the opportunity to make their individual research article openly available through the OnlineOpen service.

The second offering of the Open Access model is a growing portfolio of fully open access journals, also known as Gold Open Access Journals , in which all accepted articles are published subject to receipt of an APC. All Open Access articles are subject to the same rigorous peer-review process applied to our subscription-based journals. As with our subscription portfolio, a number of the Gold Open Access Journals are published under contract for, or in partnership with, prestigious societies, including the American Geophysical Union, the American Heart Association, the European Molecular Biology Organization and the British Ecological Society. The Open Access portfolio spans life, physical, medical and social sciences and includes a choice of high impact journals and broad-scope titles that offer a responsive, author-centered service.

5

Publishing:

Our Publishing segment acquires, develops, and publishes scientific, professional and education books and related content, as well as test preparation services and course workflow tools, to libraries, corporations, students, professionals, and researchers. Communities served include business, finance, accounting, workplace learning, management, leadership, technology, behavioral health, engineering/ architecture, science and medicine, and education.  Products are developed in print and digitally for worldwide distribution through multiple channels, including chain and online booksellers, libraries, colleges and universities, corporations, direct to consumer, Web sites, distributor networks and other online applications. Publishing centers include Australia, Germany, India, the United Kingdom, and the United States. Publishing accounted for approximately 34% of our consolidated revenue in fiscal year 2018.

Publishing revenue by product type are: STM (Scientific, Technical and Medical) and Professional Publishing, Education Publishing, Test Preparation and Certification, Course Workflow (WileyPLUS), and Licensing, Distribution, Advertising and Other. The graphs below present Publishing revenue by product type for fiscal years 2018 and 2017:

Key growth strategies for the Publishing business include developing and acquiring products and services to drive corporate development and professional career development, developing leading brands and franchises, executing strategic acquisitions and partnerships, and innovating digital book formats while expanding their global discoverability and distribution. We continue to implement strategies to manage declines in print revenue through cost improvement initiatives and focusing our efforts on growing its digital lines of business. We are continuing to perform portfolio reviews and workforce realignment, restructuring, and operational excellence initiatives. In certain areas, we will explore new formats or promote digital-only, and in other areas, we may rationalize our portfolio. Our approach is to continue to realign our cost structure to help mitigate the market changes that are contributing to revenue decline, and to sharpen our focus on high performing areas and digital opportunities, while improving operating efficiency.

Publishing

Book products accounted for approximately 26% of our consolidated fiscal year 2018 revenue. Categories include STM, Professional, and Education Publishing.

STM books are sold and distributed globally in digital and print formats through multiple channels, including research libraries and library consortia, independent subscription agents, direct sales to professional society members, bookstores, online booksellers, and other customers.

Professional books, which include business and finance, technology, and other professional categories, as well as the For Dummies brand, are sold to bookstores and online booksellers serving the general public, wholesalers who supply such bookstores, warehouse clubs, college bookstores, individual practitioners, industrial organizations and government agencies. We employ sales representatives who call upon independent bookstores, national and regional chain bookstores, and wholesalers. Sales of professional books also result from direct mail campaigns, telemarketing, online access, advertising, and reviews in periodicals.

Education textbooks and related supplementary material and digital products are sold primarily to bookstores and online booksellers serving both for-profit and nonprofit educational institutions (primarily colleges and universities), and direct-to-students. We employ sales representatives who call on faculty responsible for selecting books to be used in courses, and on the bookstores that serve such institutions and their students. The textbook business is seasonal, with the majority of textbook sales occurring during the July-through- October and December-through-January periods. There are active used and rental print textbook markets, which adversely affect the sale of new textbooks. We are exploring opportunities to expand into the print rental market through partnerships.

Book sales are generally made on a returnable basis with certain restrictions. We provide for estimated future returns on sales made during the year based on historical return experience and current market trends.

6

Materials for book publications are obtained from authors throughout most of the world, utilizing the efforts of an editorial staff, outside editorial advisors, and advisory boards. Most materials are originated by the authors themselves or as a result of suggestion or solicitations by editors and advisors. We enter into agreements with authors that state the terms and conditions under which the materials will be published, the name in which the copyright will be registered, the basis for any royalties, and other matters. Most of the authors are compensated with royalties, which vary depending on the nature of the product. We may make advance royalty payments against future royalties   to authors of certain publications. Royalty advances are reviewed for recoverability and a reserve for loss is maintained, if appropriate.

We continue to add new titles, revise existing titles, and discontinue the sale of others in the normal course of our business, and we also create adaptations of original content for specific markets based on customer demand. Our general practice is to revise our textbooks approximately every three years, if warranted, and to revise other titles as appropriate. Subscription-based products are updated on a more frequent basis.

We generally contract with independent printers and binderies globally for their services. Management believes that adequate printing and binding facilities and sources of paper and other required materials are available to it, and that it is not dependent upon any single supplier.

In fiscal year 2016, we entered into an agreement to outsource our US-based book distribution operations to Cengage Learning, with the continued aim of improving efficiency in our distribution activities and moving to a more variable cost model.  As of April 30, 2018, we had only one global warehousing and distribution facility remaining, which is in the United Kingdom.

We develop content in a digital format that can be used for both digital and print products, resulting in productivity and efficiency savings, and enabling print-on-demand delivery. Book content is available online through Wiley Online Library (delivered through our Literatum platform), WileyPLUS , Wiley   Custom Select, and other proprietary platforms. Digital books are delivered to intermediaries, including Amazon, Apple, Google and Ingram/Vital-Source, for re-sale to individuals in various industry-standard formats, which are now the preferred deliverable for licensees of all types, including foreign language publishers. Digital books are also licensed to libraries through aggregators. Specialized formats for digital textbooks go to distributors servicing the academic market, and digital book collections are sold by subscription through independent third-party aggregators servicing distinct communities. Custom deliverables are provided to corporations, institutions, and associations to educate their employees, generate leads for their products, and extend their brands. Content from digital books is also used to create online articles, mobile apps, newsletters, and promotional collateral. This continual re-use of content improves margins, speeds delivery, and helps satisfy a wide range of customer needs. Our online presence not only enables us to deliver content online, but also to sell more books. The growth of online booksellers benefits us because they provide unlimited virtual "shelf space" for our entire backlist.

Publishing alliances and franchise products are important to our strategy. Professional publishing alliance partners include the AICPA, the CFA Institute, ACT (American College Test), IEEE, American Institute of Chemical Engineers, and many others.  Education publishing alliance partners include Microsoft®, Blackboard, Instructure, and the Culinary Institute of America. The ability to join Wiley's product development, sales, marketing, distribution, and technology with a partner's content, technology, and/or brand name has contributed to our success.

We also promote active and growing custom professional and education publishing programs. Our custom professional publications are used by professional organizations for internal promotional or incentive programs and include digital and print books written specifically for a customer and customizations of existing publications to include custom cover art, such as imprints, messages, and slogans. More specific are customized For Dummies publications, which leverage the power of this well-known brand to meet the specific information needs of a wide range of organizations around the world. Our custom education publishing program offers an array of tools and services designed to put the creation of customized content in instructors' hands to create high-quality, affordable education solutions tailored to meet individual classroom needs. Through Wiley Custom Select, an online custom textbook system, instructors can build print and digital materials tailored to their specific course needs and add their own content to create a customized solution.

Course Workflow (WileyPLUS)

We offer high-quality online learning solutions, including WileyPLUS , a research-based, online environment for effective teaching and learning that is integrated with a complete digital textbook. WileyPLUS improves student learning through instant feedback, personalized learning plans, and self-evaluation tools, as well as a full range of course-oriented activities, including online planning, presentations, study, homework, and testing. In selected courses, WileyPLUS includes a personalized adaptive learning component, Orion, which is based on cognitive science. Orion helps to build student proficiency on topics while improving the effectiveness of their study time. It assists educators in identifying areas that need reinforcement and measures student engagement and proficiency throughout the course. WileyPLUS revenue is deferred and recognized over the timeframe that each student is enrolled in the course.

7

Test Preparation and Certification

The Test Preparation and Certification business represents learning solutions and training activities that are delivered to customers directly through online digital delivery platforms.  Products include CPAExcel, a modular, digital platform comprised of online self-study, videos, mobile apps, and sophisticated planning tools to help professionals prepare for the CPA exam, and test preparation products for the CFA®, CMA, CIA®, CMT®, FRN®, FINRA, Banking, and PMP® exams. Revenue for these products and services is deferred until our obligation has been performed, typically when an online training program has been completed or over the timeframe covered by a license to use the online training and study materials.

Licensing, Distribution, Advertising, and Other

Marketing and distribution services are made available to other publishers under agency arrangements. We also engage in co-publishing titles with international publishers and receive licensing revenue from photocopies, reproductions, translations, and digital uses of our content. Wiley also realizes advertising revenue from branded Web sites (e.g ., Dummies.com , etc.) and online applications.

8

Solutions:

Our Solutions segment provides online program management services for higher education institutions and learning, development, and assessment services for businesses and professionals. Key growth strategies include developing new products and services for existing university partners, increasing enrollments for online program management programs, signing new and prestigious university partners, and developing new digital learning solutions by integrating our professional assessment products and services with our Corporate Learning content and technology.

Solutions revenue by product type are Education Services Online Program Management ("OPM"), Professional Assessment, and Corporate Learning. The graphs below present Solutions revenue by product type for fiscal years 2018 and 2017:
Education Services (OPM)

As student demand for online degree and certificate programs continues to increase, traditional institutions are partnering with OPM providers to develop and support these programs. Education Services (OPM) include market research, marketing, student recruitment, enrollment support, proactive retention support, academic services to design courses, faculty support, and access to the Engage Learning Management System, which facilitates the online education experience. Graduate degree programs include Business Administration, Finance, Accounting, Healthcare, Engineering, Communications, and others.  Revenue is derived from pre-negotiated contracts with institutions that provide for a share of tuition generated from students who enroll in a program. Education Services (OPM) revenue is deferred and recognized over the timeframe that each student is enrolled in the online degree program. As of April 30, 2018, the Education Services (OPM) business had 34 university partners and 239 degree programs under contract.

Corporate Learning

The Corporate Learning business offers online learning and training solutions for global corporations, universities, and small and medium-sized enterprises, which are sold on a subscription or fee basis. Learning formats and modules on topics such as leadership, diversity, value creation, client orientation, change and corporate strategy are delivered on a cloud-based Learning Management System ("LMS") platform that hosts over 20,000 content assets (videos, digital learning modules, written files, etc.) in 17 languages. Its Mohive offering also provides a collaborative e-learning publishing and program creation system. Revenue growth is derived from legacy markets, such as France, England, and other European markets, and newer markets, such as the U.S. and Brazil. In addition, content and LMS offerings are continuously refreshed and expanded to serve a wider variety of customer needs.

Professional Assessment

Our professional assessment services include pre-hire screening and post-hire personality assessments, which are delivered to business customers through online digital delivery platforms, either directly or through an authorized distributor network of independent consultants, trainers, and coaches. Wiley's leadership assessment offerings also include Kouzes and Posner's Leadership Practices Inventory® and The Five Behaviors of a Cohesive Team TM .

9

Our assessment tools enable employers to optimize candidate selections and develop the full potential of their employees. These solutions include pre-hire assessments, including those designed to measure and match personality, knowledge, skills, managerial fit, loyalty, and values, and post-hire assessments, focused on measuring sales and managerial effectiveness, employee performance, and career potential. Professional Assessment   revenue is deferred until the obligation has been performed, typically when an online assessment has been completed.

Employees

As of April 30, 2018, we employed approximately 5,000 persons on a full-time equivalent basis worldwide.
 
Financial Information About Business Segments and Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales

The information set forth in Note 18, "Segment Information," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," of this Form 10-K are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 1A.
Risk Factors

You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this Form 10-K, including the following risk factors, before deciding to invest in any of our securities. The risks below are the most significant risks we face, but are not the only risk factors we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we presently deem insignificant could impact our consolidated financial position and results of operations. Our business, consolidated financial position, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of our securities could decline due to any of these risks, and investors in our securities may lose all or part of their investment.

If we are unable to introduce new technologies, products, and services, our ability to be profitable may be adversely affected.

We must continue to invest in technology and other innovations to adapt and add value to our products and services to remain competitive. This is particularly true in the current environment, where investment in new technology is ongoing and there are rapid changes in the products competitors are offering, the products our customers are seeking, and our sales and distribution channels. In some cases, investments will take the form of internal development; in others, they may take the form of an acquisition. There are uncertainties whenever developing or acquiring new products and services, and it is often possible that such new products and services may not be launched, or, if launched, may not be profitable or as profitable as existing products and services.

The demand for digital and lower cost books could impact our sales volumes and pricing in an adverse way.

A common trend facing each of our businesses is the digitization of content and proliferation of distribution channels through the internet and other electronic means, which are replacing traditional print formats. The trend to digital content has also created contraction in the print book retail market which increases the risk of bankruptcy for certain retail customers, potentially leading to the disruption of short-term product supply to consumers, as well as potential bad debt write-offs. New distribution channels, such as digital formats, the internet, online retailers, and growing delivery platforms (e.g. tablets and e-readers), combined with the concentration of retailer power, present both risks and opportunities to our traditional publishing models, potentially impacting both sales volumes and pricing.

As the market has shifted to digital products, customer expectations for lower-priced products have increased due to customer awareness of reductions in production costs and the availability of free or low-cost digital content and products.  As a result, there has been pressure to sell digital versions of products at prices below their print versions.  Increased customer demand for lower prices could reduce our revenue.

We publish educational content for undergraduate, graduate, and advanced placement students, lifelong learners, and in Australia, for secondary school students. Due to growing student demand for less expensive textbooks, many college bookstores, online retailers and other entities offer used or rental textbooks to students at lower prices than new textbooks. The internet has made the used and rental textbook markets more efficient and has significantly increased student access to used and rental books.  Further expansion of the used and rental book markets could further adversely affect our sales of print textbooks, subsequently affecting our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

10

A reduction in enrollment at colleges and universities could adversely affect the demand for our higher education products.

Enrollment in U.S. colleges and universities can be adversely affected by many factors, including changes in government and private student loan and grant programs, uncertainty about current and future economic conditions, increases in tuition, general decreases in family income and net worth, and a perception of uncertain job prospects for recent graduates. In addition, enrollment levels at colleges and universities outside the United States are influenced by global and local economic factors, local political conditions, and other factors that make predicting foreign enrollment levels difficult. Reductions in expected levels of enrollment at colleges and universities both within and outside the United States could adversely affect demand for our higher education products, which could adversely impact our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

The competitive pressures we face in our business, as well as our ability to retain our business relationships with our authors and professional societies, could adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

We operate in highly competitive markets. Success and continued growth depend greatly on developing new products and the means to deliver them in an environment of rapid technological change. Attracting new authors and professional societies while retaining our existing business relationships is critical to our success. If we are unable to retain our existing business relationships with authors and professional societies, this could have an adverse impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Our intellectual property rights may not be protected, which could adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

A substantial portion of our publications are protected by copyright, held either in our name, in the name of the author of the work, or in the name of a sponsoring professional society. Such copyrights protect our exclusive right to publish the work in many countries abroad for specified periods, in most cases, the author's life plus 70 years, but in any event, a minimum of 50 years for works published after 1978. Our ability to continue to achieve our expected results depends, in part, upon our ability to protect our intellectual property rights. Our consolidated financial position and results of operations may be adversely affected by lack of legal and/or technological protections for its intellectual property in some jurisdictions and markets.

Adverse publicity could negatively impact our reputation, which could adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Our professional customers worldwide rely upon many of our publications to perform their jobs. It is imperative that we consistently demonstrate our ability to maintain the integrity of the information included in our publications. Adverse publicity, whether valid or not, may reduce demand for our publications and adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In our journal publishing business we have a trade concentration and credit risk related to subscription agents, and in our book business the industry has a concentration of customers in national, regional, and online bookstore chains. Changes in the financial position and liquidity of our subscription agents and customers, could adversely impact our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In the journal publishing business, subscriptions are primarily sourced through journal subscription agents who, acting as agents for library customers, facilitate ordering by consolidating the subscription orders/billings of each subscriber with various publishers. Cash is generally collected in advance from subscribers by the subscription agents and is principally remitted to us between the months of December and April. Although at fiscal year-end we had minimal credit risk exposure to these agents, future calendar-year subscription receipts from these agents are highly dependent on their financial position and liquidity. Subscription agents account for approximately 20% of total annual consolidated revenue and no one agent accounts for more than 10% of total annual consolidated revenue.

Our book business is not dependent upon a single customer; however, the industry is concentrated in national, regional, and online bookstore chains. Although no one book customer accounts for more than 8% of total consolidated revenue and 8% of accounts receivable at April 30, 2018, the top 10 book customers account for approximately 13% of total consolidated revenue and approximately 15% of accounts receivable at April 30, 2018. We maintain approximately $25 million of trade credit insurance, subject to certain limitations, covering balances due from certain named customers, which expires in June 2019.

Changes in laws and regulations, including regulations related to open access, could adversely impact our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

We maintain operations in Asia, Australia, Canada, Europe, and the United States. The conduct of our business, including the sourcing of content, distribution, sales, marketing, and advertising, is subject to various laws and regulations administered by governments around the world. Changes in laws, regulations, or government policies, including tax regulations and accounting standards, may adversely affect our future consolidated financial position and results of operations.

11

The scientific research publishing industry generates much of its revenue from paid customer subscriptions to online and print journal content. There is debate within government, academic, and library communities whether such journal content should be made available for free, immediately or following a period of embargo after publication, referred to as "open access," For instance, certain governments and privately held funding bodies have implemented mandates that require journal articles derived from government-funded research to be made available to the public at no cost after an embargo period. Open access can be achieved in two ways: Green, which enables authors to publish articles in subscription based journals and self–archive the author accepted version of the article for free public use after an embargo period, and Gold, which enables authors to publish their articles in journals that provide immediate free access to the final version of the article on the publisher's Web site, and elsewhere under permissive licensing terms, following payment of an Article Publication Charge ("APC"). These mandates have the potential to put pressure on subscription-based publications. If such regulations are widely implemented, our consolidated financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.

To date, the majority of governments that have taken a position on open access have favored the green model and have generally specified embargo periods of twelve months. The publishing community generally takes the view that this period should be sufficient to protect subscription revenues, provided that publishers' platforms offer sufficient added value to the article. Governments in Europe have been more supportive of the gold model, which thus far is generating incremental revenue for publishers with active open access programs. A number of European administrations are showing interest in a business model which combines the purchasing of subscription content with the purchase of open access publishing for authors in their country. This development removes an element of risk by fixing revenues from that market, provided that the terms, price, and rate of transition negotiated are acceptable.

A disruption or loss of data sources could limit our collection and use of certain kinds of information, which could adversely impact our communication with our customers.

A number of our businesses rely extensively upon content and data from external sources. Data is obtained from public records, governmental authorities, customers and other information companies, including competitors. Legal regulations, such as the European Union's General Data Protection Regulation ("GDPR"), relating to internet communications, privacy and data protection, e-commerce, information governance, and use of public records, are becoming more prevalent worldwide. The disruption or loss of data sources, either because of changes in the law or because data suppliers decide not to supply them, may impose limits on our collection and use of certain kinds of information about individuals and our ability to communicate such information effectively with our customers. In addition, GDPR imposes a strict data protection compliance regime with severe penalties of up to 4% of worldwide revenue or €20 million, whichever is greater.

We may not realize the anticipated cost savings and benefits from, or our business may be disrupted by, our business transformation and restructuring efforts.

We continue to transform our business from a traditional publishing model to being a global provider of content-enabled solutions with a focus on digital products and services. The acquisitions of Deltak.edu, LLC ("Deltak"), Inscape Holdings, Inc. ("Inscape"), Profiles International ("Profiles"), and CrossKnowledge Group Limited ("CrossKnowledge") comprise our Solutions reporting segment and, along with Atypon Systems, Inc. ("Atypon") in our Research segment, which was acquired in September 2016, represent examples of strategic initiatives that were implemented as part of our business transformation. We will continue to explore opportunities to develop new business models and enhance the efficiency of its organizational structure. The rapid pace and scope of change increases the risk that not all of our strategic initiatives will deliver the expected benefits within the anticipated timeframes. In addition, these efforts may somewhat disrupt our business activities, which could adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

We continue to restructure and realign our cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. Significant risks associated with these actions that may impair our ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings or that may disrupt our business include delays in the implementation of anticipated workforce reductions in highly regulated locations outside of the U.S., decreases in employee morale, the failure to meet operational targets due to the loss of key employees, and disruptions of third parties to whom we have outsourced business functions. In addition, our ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings and other benefits from these actions within the expected timeframe is subject to many estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to significant economic, competitive, and other uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. If these estimates and assumptions are incorrect, if we experience delays, or if other unforeseen events occur, our business and consolidated financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We may not realize the anticipated cost savings and processing efficiencies associated with the outsourcing of certain business processes.

We have outsourced certain business functions, principally in technology, content management, printing, manufacturing, warehousing, fulfillment, distribution, returns processing, and certain other transactional processing functions, to third-party service providers to achieve cost savings, and efficiencies. If these third-party service providers do not perform effectively, we may not be able to achieve the anticipated cost savings, and depending on the function involved, we may experience business disruption or processing inefficiencies, all with potential adverse effects on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

12

We may be susceptible to information technology risks that may adversely impact our business, consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Information technology is a key part of our business strategy and operations. As a business strategy, Wiley's technology enables us to provide customers with new and enhanced products and services and is critical to our success in migrating from print to digital business models. Information technology is also a fundamental component of all of our business processes, collecting and reporting business data, and communicating internally and externally with customers, suppliers, employees, and others.

Our business is dependent on information technology systems to support our businesses. We provide internet-based products and services to our customers. We also use complex information technology systems and products to support our business activities, particularly in infrastructure, and as we move our products and services to an increasingly digital delivery platform.

We face technological risks associated with internet-based product and service delivery in our businesses, including with respect to information technology capability, reliability and security, enterprise resource planning, system implementations and upgrades. Failures of our information technology systems and products (including because of operational failure, natural disaster, computer virus, or hacker attacks) could interrupt the availability of our internet-based products and services, result in corruption or loss of data or breach in security, and result in liability or reputational damage to our brands and/or adversely impact our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Management has designed and implemented policies, processes and controls to mitigate risks of information technology failure and to provide security from unauthorized access to our systems. In addition, we have disaster recovery plans in place to maintain business continuity.  The size and complexity of our information technology and information security systems, and those of our third-party vendors with whom we contract, make such systems potentially vulnerable to cyber-attacks common to most industries from inadvertent or intentional actions by employees, vendors, or malicious third parties. Such attacks are of ever-increasing levels of sophistication and are made by groups and individuals with a wide range of motives. While we have taken steps to address these risks, there can be no assurance that a system failure, disruption, or data security breach would not adversely affect our business and could have an adverse impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

We are continually improving and upgrading our computer systems and software. We are in the process of implementing a new Enterprise Resource Planning ("ERP") system as part of a multi-year plan to integrate and upgrade our operational and financial systems and processes. As of April 30, 2018, we have completed the implementation of record-to-report, purchase-to-pay, and several other business processes within all locations and will continue to roll out additional processes and functionality of the ERP in phases over the next  year. Implementation of a new ERP system involves risks and uncertainties. Any disruptions, delays, or deficiencies in the design or implementation of a new system could result in increased costs, disruptions in operations, or delays in the collection of cash from our customers, as well as having an adverse effect on our ability to timely report our financial results, all of which could materially adversely affect our business, consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Cyber risk and the failure to maintain the integrity of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties with which we do business, could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial condition, and results of operations.

Cyber-attacks and hackers are becoming more sophisticated and pervasive. Our business is dependent on information technology systems to support our businesses. We provide internet-based products and services to our customers. We also use complex information technology systems and products to support our business activities, particularly in infrastructure and as we move our products and services to an increasingly digital delivery platform. Across our businesses, we hold personal data, including that of employees and customers.

Efforts to prevent cyber-attacks and hackers from entering our systems are expensive to implement and may limit the functionality of our systems. Individuals may try to gain unauthorized access to our systems and data for malicious purposes, and our security measures may fail to prevent such unauthorized access. Cyber-attacks and/or intentional hacking of our systems could adversely affect the performance or availability of our products, result in loss of customer data, adversely affect our ability to conduct business, or result in theft of our funds or proprietary information, the occurrence of which could have an adverse impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates could materially impact our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

13

Non-U.S. revenues, as well as our substantial non-U.S. net assets, expose our consolidated results to volatility from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Non-U.S. dollar denominated revenues accounted for 47% of our total consolidated revenues for fiscal year 2018, which primarily includes revenues in British pound sterling of 27% and euro of 12%. In addition, our interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subject to risk from changes in interest rates. These risks and the measures we have taken to help mitigate them are discussed in Part II, Item 7A, "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We may, from time-to-time, use derivative instruments to hedge such risks. Notwithstanding our efforts to foresee and mitigate the effects of changes in external market or fiscal circumstances, we cannot predict with certainty changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, inflation, or other related factors affecting our business, consolidated financial position and results of operations.

We may not be able to mitigate the impact of inflation and cost increases, which could have an adverse impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

From time to time, we experience cost increases reflecting, in part, general inflationary factors. There is no guarantee that we can increase selling prices or reduce costs to fully mitigate the effect of inflation on our costs, which may adversely impact our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Changes in tax laws, including the U.S. recently enacted comprehensive Federal tax legislation originally known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the "Tax Act"), could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

We are subject to tax laws within the jurisdictions in which we conduct business. In addition to the recently enacted Tax Act in the U.S., changes in tax laws in other jurisdictions where we do business, such as the U.K. and Germany, could significantly impact the taxation of our non-U.S. earnings. This could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations as most of our income is earned outside the U.S. In addition, we are subject to audit by tax authorities and are regularly audited by various tax authorities. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

The final impacts of the Tax Act could be materially different from our current estimates.

The Tax Act was enacted on December 22, 2017. The provisions are broad and complex and depend upon future guidance as well any legislative action to address questions. Our estimated amounts are based on information available at this time and our current understanding of the Tax Act. The final transition impacts of the Tax Act may differ from our estimate, possibly materially.

Challenges and uncertainties associated with operating in developing markets has a higher risk due to political instability, economic volatility, crime, terrorism, corruption, social and ethnic unrest, and other factors, which may adversely impact our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

We sell our products to customers in certain sanctioned and previously sanctioned developing markets where we do not have operating subsidiaries. We do not own any assets or liabilities in these markets except for trade receivables. In fiscal year 2018, we recorded revenue and net earnings of $4.8 million and $0.9 million, respectively, related to sales to Cuba, Sudan, Syria and Iran. While sales in these markets are not material to our consolidated financial position and results of operations, adverse developments related to the risks associated with these markets may cause actual results to differ from historical and forecasted future consolidated operating results.

We have certain technology development operations in Russia related to software development and architecture, digital content production, and system testing services. Due to the political instability within the region, there is the potential for future government embargos and sanctions which could disrupt our operations in this area. While we have developed business continuity plans to address these issues, further adverse developments in the region could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Approximately 16% of Research journal articles are sourced from authors in China. Any restrictions on exporting intellectual property could adversely affect our business and consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Changes in global economic conditions could impact our ability to borrow funds and meet our future financing needs.

Changes in global financial markets have not had, nor do we anticipate they will have, a significant impact on our liquidity. Due to our significant operating cash flow, financial assets, access to capital markets, and available lines of credit and revolving credit agreements, we continue to believe that we have the ability to meet our financing needs for the foreseeable future. As market conditions change, we will continue to monitor our liquidity position. However, there can be no assurance that our liquidity or our consolidated financial position and results of operations will not be adversely affected by possible future changes in global financial markets and global economic conditions. Unprecedented market conditions including illiquid credit markets, volatile equity markets, dramatic fluctuations in foreign currency rates, and economic recession could affect future results.

14

Changes in pension costs and related funding requirements may impact our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

We provide defined benefit pension plans for certain employees worldwide. Our Board of Directors approved amendments to the U.S., Canada and U.K. defined benefit plans that froze the future accumulation of benefits effective June 30, 2013, December 31, 2015, and April 30, 2015, respectively. The funding requirements and costs of these plans are dependent upon various factors, including the actual return on plan assets, discount rates, plan participant population demographics, and changes in pension regulations. Changes in these factors affect our plan funding, consolidated financial position, and results of operations.

We may not be able to realize the expected benefits of our growth strategies, including successfully integrating acquisitions, which could adversely impact our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Our growth strategy includes title, imprint, and other business acquisitions, including knowledge-enabled services, which complement our existing businesses. Acquisitions may have a substantial impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. Acquisitions involve risks and uncertainties, including difficulties in integrating acquired operations and in realizing expected opportunities, cost synergies, diversions of management resources, and loss of key employees, challenges with respect to operating new businesses, and other uncertainties.
 
As a result of acquisitions, we may record a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets and we may never realize the full carrying value of the related assets.

As a result of acquisitions, we record a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets, including customer relationships, trademarks and developed technologies. At April 30, 2018, we had $1,019.8 million of goodwill and $848.1 million of intangible assets, of which $232.8 million are indefinite-lived intangible assets, on our consolidated balance sheet. The intangible assets are principally composed of content and publishing rights, customer relationships, and brands and trademarks. Failure to achieve business objectives and financial projections could result in an asset impairment charge, which would result in a non-cash charge to our consolidated results of operations. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment on an annual basis and also when events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. Intangible assets with determinable lives, which were $615.3 million at April 30, 2018, are tested for impairment only when events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may have occurred. Determining whether an impairment exists can be difficult as a result of increased uncertainty and current market dynamics, and requires management to make significant estimates and judgments. A non-cash intangible asset impairment charge could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

If we are unable to retain key employees and other personnel, our consolidated financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.

We have a significant investment in our employees around the world. We offer competitive salaries and benefits in order to attract and retain the highly skilled workforce needed to sustain and develop new products and services required for growth. Employment and benefit costs are affected by competitive market conditions for qualified individuals, and factors such as healthcare and retirement benefit costs.

We are highly dependent on the continued services of key employees who have in-depth market and business knowledge and/or key relationships with business partners. The loss of the services of key personnel for any reason and our inability to replace them with suitable candidates quickly or at all, as well as any negative market perception resulting from such loss, could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial position, and results of operation. 

Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments

None

15

Item 2.
Properties

We occupy office, warehouse, and distribution facilities in various parts of the world, as listed below (excluding those locations with less than 10,000 square feet of floor area, none of which is considered material property). All of the buildings and the equipment owned or leased are believed to be in good operating condition and are suitable for the conduct of our business.

Location
 
Purpose
 
Owned or Leased
 
Approx. Sq. Ft.
United States:
           
New Jersey
 
Corporate Headquarters
 
Leased
 
303,000
   
Office
 
Leased
 
185,000
Indiana
 
Office
 
Leased
 
123,000
California
 
Office
 
Leased
 
29,000
Massachusetts
 
Office
 
Leased
 
26,000
Illinois
 
Office
 
Leased
 
52,000
Florida
 
Office
 
Leased
 
58,000
Minnesota
 
Office
 
Leased
 
22,000
Texas
 
Office
 
Leased
 
11,000
Colorado
 
Office
 
Leased
 
15,000
International:
           
Australia
 
Offices
 
Leased
 
34,000
Canada
 
Office
 
Leased
 
12,000
England
 
Distribution Centers
 
Leased
 
298,000
   
Offices
 
Leased
 
80,000
   
Offices
 
Owned
 
70,000
France
 
Offices
 
Leased
 
32,000
Germany
 
Office
 
Owned
 
104,000
   
Office
 
Leased
 
18,000
Jordan
 
Office
 
Leased
 
24,000
Singapore
 
Offices
 
Leased
 
35,000
Russia
 
Office
 
Leased
 
24,000
China
 
Offices
 
Leased
 
26,000
India
 
Distribution Centers
 
Leased
 
12,000
   
Office
 
Leased
 
31,000
Greece
 
Office
 
Leased
 
16,000

Item 3.
Legal Proceedings

The information set forth in Note 14, "Commitments and Contingencies," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements is incorporated herein by reference.

We are involved in routine litigation in the ordinary course of our business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of all pending litigation will not have a material effect upon our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable

16

 
Executive Officers of the Company
Set forth below are the current executive officers of the Company. Each of the officers listed will serve until the next organizational meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company and until each of the respective successors are duly elected and qualified.

Name, Current and Former Positions
 
Age
 
First Elected to
Current Position
         
BRIAN A. NAPACK
 
56
 
December 2017
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
       
March 2012 – Senior Advisor, Providence Equity Partners LLC
       
         
JOHN A. KRITZMACHER
 
57
 
July 2013
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Operations
       
October 2012 – Senior Vice President of Business Operations, Organizational Planning & Structure at WebMD Health Corp
       
         
ARCHANA SINGH
 
48
 
June 2016
Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer
       
2014 – Chief Human Resources Officer, Hay Group
       
2012 – Vice President, Human Resources, Computer Science Corporation
       
         
GARY M. RINCK
 
66
 
September 2014
Executive Vice President, General Counsel
       
2004 – Senior Vice President, General Counsel
       
         
JUDY VERSES
 
61
 
October 2016
Executive Vice President, Research
       
October 2011 – President – Global Enterprise and Education, Rosetta Stone Inc.
       
         
ELLA BALAGULA
 
 48
 
October 2017
Executive Vice President, Knowledge & Learning
       
January 2013 – Senior Vice President and General Manager, Engineering Solutions, Elsevier
       
October 2009 – Senior Vice President, Engineering and Technology Markets, Elsevier
       
         
CHRISTOPHER F. CARIDI
 
52
 
March 2017
Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
       
March 2014 – Vice President Finance, Thomson Reuters
       
September 2009 – Vice President, Controller/Global Head of Accounting Operations, Thomson Reuters
       
         
VINCENT MARZANO
 
55
 
September 2014
Senior Vice President, Treasurer
       
September 2006 – Vice President, Treasurer
       
         
CLAY E. STOBAUGH
 
60
 
September 2014
Executive Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer & Government Affairs
       
October 2013 – Senior Vice President & Chief Marketing Officer
       
         
         
AREF MATIN
 
59
 
May 2018
Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer
       
February 2015 – Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer, Ascend Learning
       
July 2012 – Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer, Pearson Learning Technologies & Pearson Higher Education
       

17


PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our Class A and Class B shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbols JWa and JWb, respectively. Dividends per share and the market price range (based on daily closing prices) by fiscal quarter for the past two fiscal years were as follows:

   
Class A Common Stock
   
Class B Common Stock
 
         
Market Price
         
Market Price
 
   
Dividends
   
High
   
Low
   
Dividends
   
High
   
Low
 
2018
                                   
First Quarter
 
$
0.32
   
$
55.70
   
$
49.50
   
$
0.32
   
$
55.16
   
$
51.65
 
Second Quarter
   
0.32
     
56.00
     
51.50
     
0.32
     
54.91
     
51.76
 
Third Quarter
   
0.32
     
68.40
     
54.40
     
0.32
     
67.00
     
54.86
 
Fourth Quarter
   
0.32
     
67.85
     
60.70
     
0.32
     
67.42
     
61.90
 
2017
                                               
First Quarter
 
$
0.31
   
$
57.78
   
$
47.68
   
$
0.31
   
$
57.41
   
$
47.92
 
Second Quarter
   
0.31
     
58.86
     
48.40
     
0.31
     
58.99
     
49.66
 
Third Quarter
   
0.31
     
57.75
     
49.45
     
0.31
     
57.69
     
52.68
 
Fourth Quarter
   
0.31
     
57.35
     
49.00
     
0.31
     
57.14
     
46.53
 

On a quarterly basis, the Board of Directors considers the payment of cash dividends based upon its review of earnings, our financial position, and other relevant factors. As of May 31, 2018, the approximate number of holders of our Class A and Class B Common Stock were 777 and 62, respectively, based on the holders of record.

During fiscal year 2017, our Board of Directors approved an additional share repurchase program of four million shares of Class A or B Common Stock. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, we made the following purchases of Class A Common Stock under this publicly announced stock repurchase program.

   
Total Number
of Shares Purchased
   
Average Price
Paid Per Share
   
Total Number
of Shares Purchased
as Part of a Publicly
Announced Program
   
Maximum Number
of Shares that
May be Purchased
Under the Program
 
February 2018
   
   
$
     
     
3,242,891
 
March 2018
   
101,620
     
64.39
     
101,620
     
3,141,271
 
April 2018
   
60,800
     
63.95
     
60,800
     
3,080,471
 
Total
   
162,420
   
$
64.22
     
162,420
     
3,080,471
 
 
18

Item 6.
Selected Financial Data

   
For the Years Ended April 30, (a)
 
Dollars (in millions, except per share data)
 
2018
   
2017
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Revenue
 
$
1,796.1
   
$
1,718.5
   
$
1,727.0
   
$
1,822.4
   
$
1,775.2
 
Operating Income
   
239.5
     
206.2
     
188.1
     
237.7
     
206.7
 
Net Income (a)
   
192.2
     
113.6
     
145.8
     
176.9
     
160.5
 
Working Capital
   
(394.3
)
   
(428.1
)
   
(111.1
)
   
(62.8
)
   
60.1
 
Deferred Revenue in Working Capital (b)
   
(486.4
)
   
(436.2
)
   
(426.5
)
   
(372.1
)
   
(385.7
)
Total Assets
   
2,839.5
     
2,606.2
     
2,921.1
     
3,004.2
     
3,077.4
 
Long-Term Debt
   
360.0
     
365.0
     
605.0
     
650.1
     
700.1
 
Shareholders' Equity
   
1,190.6
     
1,003.1
     
1,037.1
     
1,055.0
     
1,182.2
 
Per Share Data
                                       
Earnings Per Share
                                       
Basic
 
$
3.37
   
$
1.98
   
$
2.51
   
$
3.01
   
$
2.73
 
Diluted
 
$
3.32
   
$
1.95
   
$
2.48
   
$
2.97
   
$
2.70
 
Cash Dividends
                                       
Class A Common
 
$
1.28
   
$
1.24
   
$
1.20
   
$
1.16
   
$
1.00
 
Class B Common
 
$
1.28
   
$
1.24
   
$
1.20
   
$
1.16
   
$
1.00
 

(a)
See Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," for a discussion of the factors that contributed to our consolidated operating results for the three years ended April 30, 2018. Certain tax benefits and charges included in fiscal 2018 – 2014 include:
·
Fiscal year 2018 includes a favorable impact of $25.1 million ($0.43 per share) from the U.S. government enacted comprehensive Federal tax legislation originally known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the "Tax Act"). Given the significant complexity of the Tax Act, anticipated guidance from the U.S. Treasury, and potential additional guidance from the SEC or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, these estimates may be adjusted within 12 months of the enactment date.
·
Fiscal year 2017 includes the effect of the German Tax litigation of $49.1 million ($0.85 per share).
·
Fiscal years 2017, 2016, and 2014 include tax benefits of $2.6 million, ($0.04 per share), $5.9 million ($0.10 per share), and $10.6 million ($0.18 per share), respectively, principally associated with consecutive tax legislation enacted in the United Kingdom that reduced the U.K. corporate income tax rates.
·
Fiscal year 2015 includes a non-recurring tax benefit of $3.1 million ($0.05 per share) related to tax deductions claimed on the write-up of certain foreign tax assets to fair market value.
(b)
The primary driver of the negative working capital is unearned deferred revenue related to subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. Cash received in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a number of purposes, including funding operating activities, acquisitions, debt repayments, dividend payments, and repurchasing treasury shares. The deferred revenue will be recognized as income when the products are shipped or made available online to the customers over the term of the subscription period.

19


Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The information in our Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") should be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes set forth in Part II, Item 8, as well as the discussion included above, "Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements "Safe Harbor" Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995" and "Non-GAAP Financial Measures," along with Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  All amounts and percentages are approximate due to rounding and all dollars are in thousands, except per share amounts or where otherwise noted. When we cross-reference to a "Note," we are referring to our "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," unless the context indicates otherwise.

Results of Operations

FISCAL YEAR 2018 SUMMARY RESULTS

Revenue:

Revenue for fiscal year 2018 increased 5% to $1,796.1 million, or 1% on a constant currency basis as compared with prior year. The increase was mainly driven by an increase in Research revenue due to a full year of revenue from the Atypon acquisition in fiscal year 2018 and growth in Open Access and, to a lesser extent, higher Education Services (OPM) revenue in Solutions. These increases were partially offset by a decline in Publishing revenue, primarily in STM and in Professional and Education Publishing, which reflected market conditions.

See the "Segment Operating Results" below for additional details on each segment's revenue and contribution to profit performance.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit Margin:

Cost of sales for fiscal year 2018 increased 5% to $485.2 million, or 2% on a constant currency basis as compared with prior year. The increase was primarily a result of higher revenues and higher royalty costs on Research journals due to title mix and an increase in new titles at a higher royalty rate.

Gross profit margin for fiscal year 2018 was 73.0% and decreased slightly compared with the prior year on a constant currency basis, primarily in our Publishing segment as a result of the decline in revenue.

Operating and Administrative Expenses:

Operating and administrative expenses for fiscal year 2018 remained flat at $994.6 million, but decreased 1% on a constant currency basis as compared with prior year due to the following:
lower technology costs in the current year of $18 million associated with our ERP implementation and other reductions in outsourcing and system development consulting costs;
·
a one-time pension settlement charge in the prior year related to changes in our retiree and long-term disability plans of $9 million; and
savings from operational excellence initiatives and restructuring activities.

These factors were partially offset by:
one-time benefits in the prior year related to changes in our retiree and long-term disability plans of $4 million and a life insurance recovery of $2 million;
a full year of costs in fiscal year 2018 associated with the Atypon acquisition, which resulted in an incremental impact of $9 million;
an increase in strategy consultation costs in the current year of $7 million; and
an impairment charge in the current year related to one of our Publishing brands of $4 million.

Restructuring and Related Charges:

Beginning in fiscal year 2013, we initiated a global program (the "Restructuring and Reinvestment Program") to restructure and realign our cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. We are targeting a majority of the cost savings achieved to improve margins and earnings, while the remainder will be reinvested in high-growth digital business opportunities.

20

In fiscal years 2018 and 2017, we recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $29 million and $13 million, respectively, related to this program. These charges are reflected in Restructuring and Related Charges on the Consolidated Statements of Income and summarized in the following table:

   
2018
   
2017
   
Total Charges
Incurred to Date
 
Charges by Segment:
                 
Research
 
$
5,257
   
$
1,949
   
$
25,413
 
Publishing
   
6,443
     
1,596
     
38,931
 
Solutions
   
3,695
     
1,787
     
6,247
 
Corporate Expenses
   
13,171
     
8,023
     
95,919
 
Total Restructuring and Related Charges
 
$
28,566
   
$
13,355
   
$
166,510
 
                         
Charges (Credits) by Activity:
                       
Severance
 
$
27,213
   
$
8,386
   
$
114,803
 
Process reengineering consulting
   
1,815
     
148
     
20,629
 
Other activities
   
(462
)
   
4,821
     
31,078
 
Total Restructuring and Related Charges
 
$
28,566
   
$
13,355
   
$
166,510
 

Other Activities in 2017 reflects leased facility consolidations contract termination costs, and the curtailment of certain defined benefit pension plans.

Amortization of Intangibles:

Amortization of intangibles for fiscal year 2018 declined 3% to $48 million, or 5% on a constant currency basis compared with prior year. The decrease was a result of the completion of amortization of certain acquired intangible assets.

Interest Expense:

Interest expense for fiscal year 2018 decreased $4 million to $13 million on a reported and constant currency basis. This decrease was due to lower average debt balances outstanding, partially offset by a higher average effective borrowing rate.

Foreign Exchange Transaction (Losses) Gains:

We reported foreign exchange transaction losses of $13 million for fiscal year 2018 compared to gains of $0.4 million in the prior year.  The losses in fiscal year 2018 were primarily due to the impact of the change in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the U.S. dollar on our intercompany and third-party accounts receivable and payable balances.

Provision for Income Taxes:

The following table summarizes the effective tax rate for fiscal years 2018 and 2017:

   
2018
   
2017
 
Effective tax rate as reported
   
10.2
%
   
40.5
%
Estimated net impact in fiscal 2018 of non-recurring items from Tax Act
   
11.7
     
 
Impact of unfavorable German court decision in fiscal 2017
   
     
(25.7
)
Impact of reduction in U.K. statutory rate on deferred tax balances in fiscal 2017
   
     
1.3
 
Effective tax rate excluding the impact of non-recurring items from the Tax Act in fiscal 2018 and the unfavorable German court decision and U.K. tax rate reduction in fiscal 2017
   
21.9
%
   
16.1
%

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive Federal tax legislation originally known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the "Tax Act").  In December 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("SAB 118"), which allows us to record provisional amounts related to the effect of the Tax Act during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the enactment date. As the Tax Act was passed in December 2017, and ongoing guidance and accounting interpretation are expected over the 12 months following enactment, we consider the accounting of the transition tax, deferred tax re-measurements, and other items to be provisional due to the forthcoming guidance and our ongoing analysis of final data and tax positions. We expect to complete our analysis within the measurement period in accordance with SAB 118.

21

The effective tax rate was lower in fiscal 2018 as compared with fiscal 2017 due to the estimated net tax benefit from non-recurring items in the Tax Act and the effect of the German Tax litigation in fiscal year 2017 as described below. Estimated non-recurring items in the Tax Act reduced our income tax expense by $25 million ($0.43/share) or a reduction in our effective tax rate of 11.7 percentage points for fiscal year 2018. Excluding the effect of the Tax Act, the rate was 21.9% for fiscal year 2018.

The rate excluding the benefit from the non-recurring items in the Tax Act was lower than the U.S. statutory rate for the year ended April 30, 2018, primarily due to lower rates applicable to non-U.S. earnings.

German Tax Litigation Expense : In fiscal 2017, the German Federal Fiscal Court affirmed a lower court decision disallowing deductions related to a stepped-up basis in certain assets. As a result, we incurred an income tax charge of approximately $49 million ($0.85 per share).

Deferred Tax Benefit from U.K. Statutory Tax Rate Change:  In fiscal year 2016, the U.K. reduced its statutory rate to 19% beginning April 1, 2017 and 18% beginning April 1, 2020, and in fiscal year 2017, the U.K. further reduced its statutory rate beginning on April 1, 2020, from 18% to 17%. This resulted in a non-cash deferred tax benefit from the re-measurement of our applicable U.K. deferred tax balances of $6 million ($0.10 per share) in fiscal year 2016 and $3 million ($0.04 per share) in fiscal year 2017.

The Tax Act

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation. The Tax Act significantly revises the future ongoing U.S. corporate income tax system by, among other changes, the following:
·
lowering the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate to 21% with a potentially lower rate for certain foreign derived income;
·
accelerating deductions for certain business assets;
·
changing the U.S. system from a worldwide tax system;
·
requiring companies to pay a one-time transition tax on post-1986 unrepatriated cumulative non-U.S. earnings and profits ("E&P") of foreign subsidiaries;
·
eliminating certain deductions such as the domestic production deduction;
·
establishing limitations on the deductibility of certain expenses including interest and executive compensation; and
·
creating new taxes on certain foreign earnings.

The key impacts for the period were the re-measurement of U.S. deferred tax balances to the new U.S. corporate tax rate and the accrual for the one-time transition tax liability. While we have not yet completed our assessment of the effects of the Tax Act, we are able to determine reasonable estimates for the impacts of these key items and reported provisional amounts for these items. In accordance with SAB 118, we are providing additional disclosures related to these provisional amounts.

Deferred tax balances – We remeasured our U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the federal rate at which they are expected to reverse in the future, generally 21% for reversals anticipated to occur after April 30, 2018. We are still analyzing certain aspects of the Tax Act and refining our calculations, including our estimates of expected reversals, which could affect the measurement of these balances and give rise to new deferred tax amounts. The provisional amount recorded related to the re-measurement of our net deferred tax liability was an estimated benefit of $47 million.

Foreign tax effects – In connection with the transition from a global tax system, the Tax Act establishes a mandatory deemed repatriation tax. The tax is computed using our post-1986 E&P that was previously deferred from U.S. income taxes.  The tax is based on the amount of foreign earnings held in cash equivalents and certain net assets, which are taxed at 15.5%, and those held in other assets, which are taxed at 8%. We recorded a provisional amount of $14.2 million. We also established an estimated valuation allowance of $6.5 million. This resulted in a corresponding decrease in deferred tax assets due to the utilization of foreign tax credit carryforwards. The determination of the transition tax requires further guidance as to its applicability to non-calendar year end taxpayers and analysis regarding the amount and composition of our historical foreign earnings. We no longer assert that we intend to permanently reinvest earnings outside the U.S. and accrued a provisional $2.0 million related to our estimated taxes from repatriating earnings with available cash. In addition, we accrued a $0.1 million provisional state tax liability, pending further guidance and legislative action from various states regarding conformity with the Tax Act.

The Tax Act reduces the Federal statutory tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018.  As a result, our U.S. federal statutory tax rate for our fiscal year ended April 30, 2018, is a blended rate of 30.4%. Other than the benefit from remeasuring our U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities, the reduced rate did not have a significant impact on our effective tax rate for fiscal year 2018.

We have not determined a reasonable estimate of the tax liability, if any, under the Tax Act for our remaining outside basis difference.  We will continue to evaluate our position for this matter as we finalize our Tax Act calculations.

22

The Tax Act creates new taxes, effective for us on May 1, 2018, including a provision designed to tax global low taxed income ("GILTI") and a provision establishing new minimum taxes, such as the base erosion anti-abuse tax ("BEAT"). We continue to evaluate the Tax Act, but due to the complexity and incomplete guidance of various provisions, we have not completed our accounting for the income tax effects of certain elements of the Tax Act, including the new GILTI and BEAT taxes.  We have not yet determined whether such taxes should be recorded as a current-period expense when incurred or factored into the measurement of our deferred taxes.  As a result, we have not included an estimate of any tax expense or benefit related to these items for the year ended April 30, 2018.

Because of our estimated benefit from the Tax Act as well as other factors, we expect an approximate estimated effective tax rate of 23%–24% in fiscal year 2019. This effective tax rate excludes the tax impact of certain provision of the Tax Act whose impact is not yet known, as well as the tax impact of certain items we cannot yet provide. These items are not available without unreasonable effort due to the high variability, complexity, low visibility or uncertainty, including restructuring charges and credits, gains and losses on foreign currency, and other gains and losses.

Earnings Per Diluted Share ("EPS"):

EPS for fiscal year 2018 was $3.32 per share compared with $1.95 per share in the prior year. EPS results included the following items, which impacted comparability:

   
2018
   
2017
 
Restructuring and related charges
 
$
(0.39
)
 
$
(0.15
)
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions
   
(0.15
)
   
(0.01
)
Estimated impact of the Tax Act
   
0.43
     
 
Pension settlement
   
     
(0.09
)
Unfavorable tax settlement
   
     
(0.85
)
Deferred income tax benefit on U.K. tax rate change
   
     
0.04
 
Total net impact
 
$
(0.11
)
 
$
(1.06
)

Excluding the impact of the items included above, Adjusted EPS for fiscal year 2018 increased 14% to $3.43 per share compared with $3.01 per share in the prior year. On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EPS increased 3%.

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS:

   
2018
   
2017
   
% Change
   
% Change
w/o FX (a)
 
RESEARCH:
                       
Revenue:
                       
Journal Subscriptions
 
$
677,685
   
$
639,720
     
6
%
   
 
Open Access
   
41,997
     
30,633
     
37
%
   
34
%
Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other
   
181,806
     
164,070
     
11
%
   
8
%
Total Journal Revenue
 
$
901,488
   
$
834,423
     
8
%
   
3
%
                                 
Publishing Technology Services (Atypon)
   
32,907
     
19,066
     
73
%
   
73
%
                                 
Total Research Revenue
 
$
934,395
   
$
853,489
     
9
%
   
4
%
                                 
Cost of Sales
   
(247,654
)
   
(219,773
)
   
13
%
   
8
%
                                 
Gross Profit
 
$
686,741
   
$
633,716
     
8
%
   
3
%
Gross Profit Margin
   
73.5
%
   
74.3
%
               
                                 
Operating Expenses
   
(379,175
)
   
(353,406
)
   
7
%
   
5
%
Amortization of Intangibles
   
(26,829
)
   
(26,133
)
   
3
%
   
 
Restructuring Charges (See Note 6)
   
(5,257
)
   
(1,949
)
               
                                 
Contribution to Profit
 
$
275,480
   
$
252,228
     
9
%
   
 
Contribution Margin
   
29.5
%
   
29.6
%
               

(a)
Adjusted to exclude Restructuring Charges

23

Revenue:

Research revenue increased 9% to $934.4 million, or 4% on a constant currency basis as compared with prior year. The increase was primarily due to:
a full year of revenue from Atypon, which was acquired in September 2016, of which $14 million was the incremental impact;
Open Access growth driven by the strong performance of existing titles and, to a lesser extent, new title launches; and
other Journal revenue increases, particularly in reprints, backfiles and the licensing of intellectual content.

As of April 30, 2018, calendar year 2018 journal subscription renewals were 2% higher than calendar year 2017 on a constant currency basis with approximately 97% of targeted business under contract.

Gross Profit:

Gross profit increased 8% to $686.7 million, or 3% on a constant currency basis as compared with prior year. The increase was driven by higher revenues. Gross profit margin declined by 80 basis points due primarily to higher journal royalty costs associated with title mix and an increase in new titles at higher royalty rates. We anticipate that we will continue to experience gross margin pressure due to higher journal royalty rates in fiscal year 2019. To offset this gross margin pressure, we will continue to pursue additional operations efficiencies.

Contribution to Profit:

Contribution to profit increased 9% to $275.5 million as compared with prior year. On a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring charges, contribution to profit remained flat as compared with prior year as the increase in gross profit was fully offset by higher operating expenses.

The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to:
·
a full year of costs in fiscal year 2018 from Atypon which resulted in an incremental impact of $9 million;
·
higher employment-related costs of $5 million, which included higher incentive compensation from the achievement of certain financial goals and targets;
·
higher content and editorial costs of $3 million; and
·
an increase in product technology costs of $5 million.

These factors were partially offset by savings from operational excellence initiatives and restructuring activities.

Society Partnerships

For calendar year 2018, 15 new society contracts were signed, with combined annual revenue of approximately $14 million, and 10 society contracts were not renewed with combined annual revenue of approximately $3 million.

24

   
2018
   
2017
   
% Change
   
% Change
w/o FX (a)
 
PUBLISHING:
                       
Revenue:
                       
STM and Professional Publishing
 
$
287,315
   
$
291,255
     
(1
)%
   
(3
)%
Education Publishing
   
187,178
     
196,343
     
(5
)%
   
(6
)%
Course Workflow (WileyPLUS)
   
59,475
     
62,348
     
(5
)%
   
(5
)%
Test Preparation and Certification
   
35,534
     
35,609
     
     
 
Licensing, Distribution, Advertising and Other
   
48,146
     
47,894
     
1
%
   
(2
)%
                                 
Total Publishing Revenue
 
$
617,648
   
$
633,449
     
(2
)%
   
(4
)%
                                 
Cost of Sales
   
(194,900
)
   
(194,837
)
   
     
(1
)%
                                 
Gross Profit
 
$
422,748
   
$
438,612
     
(4
)%
   
(5
)%
Gross Profit Margin
   
68.4
%
   
69.2
%
               
                                 
Operating Expenses
   
(280,680
)
   
(301,510
)
   
(7
)%
   
(8
)%
Amortization of Intangibles
   
(8,108
)
   
(9,803
)
   
(17
)%
   
(17
)%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6)
   
(6,443
)
   
(1,596
)
               
Publishing brand impairment charge
   
(3,600
)
   
                 
                                 
Contribution to Profit
 
$
123,917
   
$
125,703
     
(1
)%
   
2
%
Contribution Margin
   
20.1
%
   
19.8
%
               

(a)
Adjusted in fiscal year 2018 and 2017 to exclude Restructuring Charges, and in fiscal year 2018 also excludes a Publishing brand impairment charge.

Revenue:

Publishing revenue decreased 2% to $617.6 million, or 4% on a constant currency basis as compared with prior year. The decline was driven by lower print book revenues, particularly in Education Publishing, due to overall softness in the market as well as other retail options such as rental and digital. Also contributing to the decline in Publishing revenue was a decline in Course Workflow (WileyPLUS), primarily due to the timing of revenue recognition associated with multi-semester offerings, which are recognized in periods extending across two semesters.

Gross Profit:

Gross profit decreased 4% to $422.7 million, or 5% on a constant currency basis as compared with prior year. The decrease was mainly driven by the decline in revenues, partially offset by lower inventory costs due to cost savings initiatives .

Contribution to Profit:

Contribution to profit decreased 1% to $123.9 million as compared with prior year. On a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring charges and a brand impairment charge in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 , contribution to profit increased 2%. This was primarily due to lower operating expenses, which primarily savings from operational excellence initiatives and restructuring activities.

25

   
2018
   
2017
   
% Change
   
% Change
w/o FX (a)
 
SOLUTIONS:
                       
Revenue:
                       
Education Services (OPM)
 
$
119,131
   
$
111,638
     
7
%
   
7
%
Professional Assessment
   
61,094
     
59,868
     
2
%
   
2
%
Corporate Learning
   
63,835
     
60,086
     
6
%
   
(1
)%
                                 
Total Solutions Revenue
 
$
244,060
   
$
231,592
     
5
%
   
3
%
                                 
Cost of Sales
   
(42,658
)
   
(46,146
)
   
(8
)%
   
(11
)%
                                 
Gross Profit
 
$
201,402
   
$
185,446
     
9
%
   
7
%
Gross Profit Margin
   
82.5
%
   
80.1
%
               
                                 
Operating Expenses
   
(162,317
)
   
(155,104
)
   
5
%
   
3
%
Amortization of Intangibles
   
(13,291
)
   
(13,733
)
   
(3
)%
   
(6
)%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6)
   
(3,695
)
   
(1,787
)
               
                                 
Contribution to Profit
 
$
22,099
   
$
14,822
     
49
%
   
56
%
Contribution Margin
   
9.1
%
   
6.4
%
               

(a)
Adjusted to exclude Restructuring Charges

Revenue:

Solutions revenue increased 5% to $244.1 million, or 3%, on a constant currency basis as compared with prior year, mainly driven by growth in Education Services (OPM) tuition revenue growth due to higher enrollments, partially offset by a decline in Corporate Learning (CrossKnowledge) where French government funding slowed for unemployment initiatives and blended learning programs.

Gross Profit:

Gross profit increased 9% to $201.4 million, or 7% on a constant currency basis as compared with prior year. The increase primarily reflected the impact of higher revenue.

A 240-basis-point improvement in gross profit margin was due to higher revenues and increased efficiency in recruiting Education Services (OPM) students, which resulted in lower recruitment costs.
 
Contribution to Profit:

Contribution to profit increased 49% to $22.1 million as compared with prior year. On a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring charges, contribution to profit increased 56%, primarily due to the improvement in gross profit partially offset by higher operating expenses, including higher advertising and marketing expenses of $6 million to support sales growth.

Education Services (OPM) Partners and Programs

As of April 30, 2018, we had 34 university partners and 239 programs under contract.

CORPORATE EXPENSES:

Corporate Expenses were $182.0 million and $186.6 million in fiscal year 2018 and 2017, respectively. On a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring charges and a one-time pension settlement charge in the prior year, these expenses decreased 2%, primarily due to the following:
·
lower technology costs of approximately $10 million driven by reduced spending on our ERP system and other reductions in depreciation, outsourcing, and systems development consulting costs; and
·
savings from operational excellence initiatives and restructuring activities;
partially offset by:
·
strategy consultation costs in the current year of $7.1 million; and
one-time benefits in the prior year related to changes in our retiree and long-term disability plans of $4.2 million and a life insurance recovery of $2 million.

26

FISCAL YEAR 2017 SUMMARY RESULTS

Revenue:

Revenue for fiscal year 2017 of $1,718.5 million was consistent with fiscal year 2016, but was 2% higher on a constant currency basis. This increase was primarily due to the following:
·
the impact of the previously announced transition to time-based digital journal subscriptions for calendar year 2016 of $34 million;
·
higher Solutions revenue of $28 million;
·
incremental revenue from the acquisition of Atypon of $19 million; and
·
growth in author-funded access of $7 million and other journal revenue of $4 million.

These factors were partially offset by a decline in Publishing revenue of $48 million, mainly in print books and the impact of a large backfile sale in the prior year of $10 million.

As previously disclosed, we transitioned from issue-based to time-based journal subscription agreements for calendar year 2016. The transition to time-based digital journal subscription agreements shifted revenue from fiscal year 2016 to the remainder of calendar year 2016 (fiscal year 2017), which resulted in a favorable impact of approximately $34 million in fiscal year 2017. The change had no impact on cash flow from operations. We made these changes to simplify the contracting and administration of digital journal subscriptions.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit:

Cost of Sales for fiscal year 2017 decreased 1% to $460.8 million, but increased 2% on a constant currency basis. This decrease was mainly driven by lower print book sales volume of $15 million and lower inventory costs due to cost savings initiatives and product mix of $5 million. These factors were partially offset by the following:
·
incremental costs associated with the Atypon acquisition of $8 million;
·
higher royalty costs due to the transition to time-based digital journal subscription agreements of $5 million and new journal titles of $4 million;
·
higher Solutions sales volume of $5 million;
·
higher Corporate Learning content development costs of $4 million;
·
and Online Program Management employment costs of $3 million to support business growth.

Gross Profit Margin for fiscal year 2017 increased 20 basis points to 73.2% mainly driven by product mix in Research, partially offset by higher Online Program Management and Corporate Learning costs to support business growth.
 
Operating and Administrative Expenses:

Operating and administrative expenses for fiscal year 2017 decreased 1% to $988.6 million, but increased 2% on a constant currency basis. This decrease was mainly driven by the following:
·
benefits related to changes in our retiree and long-term disability health plans of $4 million;
·
a life insurance recovery of $2 million in the current year and a disability settlement charge in the prior year of $2 million;
·
lower advertising costs of $7 million due to title and volume reductions and timing;
·
lower shipping and handling costs of $3 million;
·
a market gain on nonqualified pension plan assets of $2 million; and
·
restructuring and other cost savings.

The factors above were partially offset by the following:
·
incremental costs associated with the Atypon acquisition of $14 million;
·
a charge related to lump-sum payments offered to terminated vested employees within our U.S. defined benefit pension plans of $9 million;
·
spending for our Enterprise Resource Planning ("ERP") and related systems of $6 million and other technology, development and maintenance costs of $4 million;
·
increased headcount in Solutions of $4 million and Research of $3 million;
·
higher incentive compensation of $8 million; and
·
higher Solutions event promotional costs of $3 million.

27

Pension Plan Settlement:

We announced a voluntary, limited-time opportunity for terminated vested employees who are participants in the U.S. Employees' Retirement Plan of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the Pension Plan) to request early payment of their entire Pension Plan benefit in the form of a single lump sum payment. Eligible participants who wished to receive the lump sum payment were required to make an election by August 29, 2016. Approximately 780 eligible participants made the election to receive the lump sum, totaling $28 million which was paid from Pension Plan assets in October 2016. Settlement accounting rules were applied in the second quarter of fiscal year 2017, which resulted in a plan remeasurement and a recognition of a pro-rata portion of unamortized net actuarial loss of $9 million, which was recorded in Operating and Administrative Expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Restructuring and Related Charges:

Beginning in fiscal year 2013, we initiated a program (the "Restructuring and Reinvestment Program") to restructure and realign its cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. We are targeting a majority of the cost savings achieved to improve margins and earnings, while the remainder will be reinvested in high-growth digital business opportunities.

In fiscal years 2017 and 2016, we recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $13.4 million and $28.6 million, respectively, related to this program. These charges are reflected in Restructuring and Related Charges on the Consolidated Statements of Income and summarized in the following table:

   
2017
   
2016
 
Charges by Segment:
           
Research
 
$
1,949
   
$
2,982
 
Publishing
   
1,596
     
4,507
 
Solutions
   
1,787
     
1,042
 
Corporate Expenses
   
8,023
     
20,080
 
Total Restructuring and Related Charges
 
$
13,355
   
$
28,611
 
                 
Charges by Activity:
               
Severance
 
$
8,386
   
$
16,443
 
Process reengineering consulting
   
148
     
7,191
 
Other activities
   
4,821
     
4,977
 
Total Restructuring and Related Charges
 
$
13,355
   
$
28,611
 

Other Activities reflects leased facility consolidations, contract termination costs and the curtailment of certain defined benefit pension plans.

Amortization of Intangibles:

Amortization of intangibles for fiscal year 2017 was $49.7 million and consistent with the prior year period.
Interest Expense:

Interest expense for fiscal year 2017 increased $0.2 million to $16.9 million due to an increase in the average borrowing rate, partially offset by lower average debt balances outstanding.

Provision for Income Taxes:

The effective tax rate for fiscal year 2017 was 40.5%, compared to 16.6% in the prior year. The increase was due to the unfavorable German court decision described below. Excluding the expense related to that decision, the rate for fiscal year 2017 would have been 14.9%. The rate for fiscal year 2017, excluding the German court decision, was lower than the prior year's rate due to non-recurring foreign and domestic tax benefits and a favorable earnings mix, partially offset by the impact of non-cash deferred tax benefits related to legislation enacted in the U.K. In fiscal year 2016, the U.K. reduced its statutory rate to 19% beginning April 1, 2017, and 18% beginning April 1, 2020, and in fiscal year 2017, the U.K. further reduced its statutory rate beginning on April 1, 2020, from 18% to 17%.  This resulted in a tax benefit from the re-measurement of our applicable U.K. deferred tax balances of $5.9 million in fiscal year 2016 and $2.6 million in fiscal year 2017.

28

Unfavorable German Court Decision

In fiscal year 2003, we reorganized several of our German subsidiaries into a new operating entity which enabled us to increase ("step-up") the tax deductible net asset basis in certain assets and claim additional tax amortization deductions over 15 years beginning that fiscal year.

In May 2012, as part of its routine tax audit process, the German tax authorities challenged our tax position. In September 2014, we filed an appeal with the local finance court.  As required by German law, we paid all contested taxes and the related interest to avail ourselves of our right to defend our position. We made all required payments with cumulative total deposits of 56.6 million euros, including interest.

In October 2014, we received an unfavorable decision from the local finance court, which we appealed in January 2015 to the German Federal Fiscal Court. On September 26, 2016, we learned that the court denied our appeal and its tax position. No further appeals are available. As a result, we forfeited our deposit and incurred an income tax charge of $49 million. This one-time charge is included in our income tax expense for fiscal year 2017.

Earnings Per Share:

Earnings per diluted share for fiscal year 2017 was $1.95 per share, compared to $2.48 per share in the prior year. The decrease was mainly driven by the impact of the unfavorable German court tax decision described above ($0.85 per share), lower Publishing revenue, the impact of a large backfile sale in the prior year ($0.10 per share), a one-time charge related to the Pension Plan Settlement ($0.09 per share), lower non-cash deferred tax benefits related to changes in the U.K. corporate income tax rates ($0.06 per share), technology spending for our ERP and other related systems ($0.08 per share), and the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange translation ($0.04 per share).

Partially offsetting the decreases were the impact of the transition to time-based digital journal subscription agreements ($0.38 per share), lower restructuring charges in the current year ($0.17 per share), one-time tax benefits ($0.12 per share), and favorable employment cost reductions. The favorable employment cost reductions include the benefit for changes in our retiree and long-term disability health plans ($0.07 per share), a life insurance recovery in the current year ($0.02 per share) and a disability settlement charge in the prior year ($0.03 per share).

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS:

Effective August 1, 2016, we completed a number of changes to our organizational structure that resulted in a change in how we manage our businesses, allocate resources, and measure performance. As a result, we revised our segments into three new reporting segments to reflect how management currently reviews financial information and makes operating decisions. All prior period amounts have been restated to reflect the new reporting segment structure. The new reporting structure consists of Research (Journals and related content and services), Publishing (Books and related content, Course Workflow, and Test Preparation), and Solutions (Online Program Management, Corporate Learning, and Professional Assessment).

29


   
2017
   
2016
   
% Change
   
% Change
w/o FX (a)
 
RESEARCH:
                       
Revenue:
                       
Journal Subscriptions
 
$
639,720
   
$
622,305
     
3
%
   
6
%
Open Access
   
30,633
     
25,671
     
19
%
   
26
%
Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other
   
164,070
     
178,802
     
(8
)%
   
(3
)%
Total Journal Revenue
 
$
834,423
   
$
826,778
     
1
%
   
4
%
                                 
Publishing Technology Services (Atypon)
   
19,066
     
                 
                                 
Total Research Revenue
 
$
853,489
   
$
826,778
     
3
%
   
7
%
                                 
Cost of Sales
   
(219,773
)
   
(214,972
)
   
2
%
   
6
%
                                 
Gross Profit
 
$
633,716
   
$
611,806
     
4
%
   
7
%
Gross Profit Margin
   
74.3
%
   
74.0
%
               
                                 
Operating Expenses
   
(353,406
)
   
(331,989
)
   
6
%
   
10
%
Amortization of Intangibles
   
(26,133
)
   
(24,725
)
   
6
%
   
13
%
Restructuring Charges (See Note 6)
   
(1,949
)
   
(2,982
)
               
                                 
Contribution to Profit
 
$
252,228
   
$
252,110
     
     
2
%
Contribution Margin
   
29.6
%
   
30.5
%
               

(a)
Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2017 and 2016 Restructuring Charges

Revenue:

Research revenue for fiscal year 2017 increased 3% to $853.5 million, or 7% on a constant currency basis. This increase was mainly driven by the following:
·
Journal Subscriptions revenue of $35 million due to the transition to time-based digital journal subscription agreements from issue-based;
·
incremental revenue from the acquisition of Atypon of $19 million; and
·
Author-Funded Access revenue growth of $7 million, reflecting new titles and increased business as well as growth associated with the Journal of American Heart Association.

These factors were partially offset by a decline in Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other of $6 million, primarily due to a large backfile sale in the prior year.

Excluding the transition to time-based revenue and the impact of foreign exchange, journal subscription revenue was consistent with the prior period. As of April 30, 2017, calendar year 2017 journal subscription renewals were 1% higher than calendar year 2016 on a currency neutral basis, with approximately 97% of targeted business under contract.

Platform Services includes publishing-software and services that enable scholarly and professional societies and publishers to deliver, host, enhance, market and manage their content on the web. In addition to providing its customers with dedicated technology resources, Atypon provides subscription licenses to its platform, Literatum, through contracts over one to five years in duration. Revenue is recognized evenly over the subscription period.

Cost of Sales:

Cost of Sales for fiscal year 2017 increased 2% to $219.8 million, or 6% on a constant currency basis. The increase was mainly driven by the following:
·
incremental costs associated with the Atypon acquisition of $8 million;
·
higher royalty costs due to the transition to time-based digital journal subscription agreements of $5 million; and
·
society title growth of $4 million.

These factors were partially offset by lower inventory costs due to print run efficiency initiatives and increased digital products of $2 million and unfavorable product mix.

30

Gross Profit:

Gross Profit Margin increased 30 basis points to 74.3% in fiscal year 2017 due to favorable foreign exchange translation (20 basis points), lower journal production costs, and product mix.

Contribution to Profit:

Contribution to Profit for fiscal year 2017 of $252.2 million was flat with the prior year, but increased 2% on a constant currency basis and excluding Restructuring Charges. This increase was primarily due to the increase in revenue discussed above, partially offset by increased operating expenses. The increase in operating expenses was mainly driven by the following:
·
incremental costs associated with the Atypon acquisition of $10 million;
·
higher content-related costs to support business growth of $4 million; and
·
higher employment costs of $3 million, mainly higher incentive compensation and increased headcount.

Amortization of Intangibles in fiscal year 2017 increased 6% to $26.1 million, or 13% on a constant currency basis due to acquired publication rights of $2 million and the Atypon acquisition of $1 million.

Contribution to Profit Margin was 29.6%, compared to 30.5% in the prior year period.

Society Partnerships

For calendar year 2017, 6 new society contracts were signed, with combined annual revenue of approximately $9 million, and 15 society contracts were not renewed, with combined annual revenue of approximately $9 million.

Atypon Acquisition

On September 30, 2016, we acquired the net assets of Atypon, a Silicon Valley-based publishing-software company, for approximately $121 million in cash, net of cash acquired. Atypon is a publishing-software and service provider that enables scholarly and professional societies and publishers to deliver, host, enhance, market, and manage their content on the web. Atypon is headquartered in Santa Clara, CA, with approximately 260 employees in the U.S. and EMEA. Atypon provides services through Literatum , an innovative platform that primarily serves the scientific, technical, medical, and scholarly industry. This software gives publishers direct control over how their content is displayed, promoted, and monetized on the web. Atypon generated over $31 million in calendar year 2015 revenue. Literatum hosts nearly 9,000 journals, 13 million journal articles, and more than 1,800 publication Web sites for over 1,500 societies and publishers, accounting for a third of the world's English-language scholarly journal articles. 

PUBLISHING:
 
2017
   
2016
   
% Change
   
% Change
w/o FX (a)
 
Revenue:
                       
STM and Professional Publishing
 
$
291,255
   
$
330,984
     
(12
)%
   
(9
)%
Education Publishing
   
196,343
     
229,989
     
(15
)%
   
(13
)%
Course Workflow (WileyPLUS)
   
62,348
     
58,519
     
7
%
   
7
%
Test Preparation and Certification
   
35,609
     
28,115
     
27
%
   
27
%
Licensing, Distribution, Advertising, and Other
   
47,894
     
48,121
     
     
3
%
                                 
Total Publishing Revenue
 
$
633,449
   
$
695,728
     
(9
)%
   
(7
)%
                                 
Cost of Sales
   
(194,837
)
   
(215,150
)
   
(9
)%
   
(7
)%
                                 
Gross Profit
 
$
438,612
   
$
480,578
     
(9
)%
   
(7
)%
Gross Profit Margin
   
69.2
%
   
69.1
%
               
                                 
Operating Expenses
   
(301,510
)
   
(338,675
)
   
(11
)%
   
(10
)%
Amortization of Intangibles
   
(9,803
)
   
(11,338
)
   
(14
)%
   
(10
)%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6)
   
(1,596
)
   
(4,507
)
               
                                 
Contribution to Profit
 
$
125,703
   
$
126,058
     
     
 
Contribution Margin
   
19.8
%
   
18.1
%
               

(a)
Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2017 and 2016 Restructuring Charges

31

Revenue:

Publishing revenue for fiscal year 2017 decreased 9% to $633.4 million, or 7% on a constant currency basis. This decline was driven by lower sales of STM and Professional Publishing of $40 million and Education Publishing of $34 million, and partially offset by growth in Course Workflow (WileyPlus) of $4 million, Test Preparation and Certification of $8 million, and Licensing, Distribution, Advertising and Other of $2 million.

The decline in Books and Reference Materials was mainly driven by softness in the book market, title reductions, and the impact of a large digital book sale in the prior year of $4 million. Education books continue to be impacted by rental and other market forces, while STM and Professional Books also saw a continued decline in demand for print books.  Growth in Course Workflow (WileyPLUS) reflected continued focus on digital course workflow with particular growth in accounting courses. Online Test Preparation and Certification growth was mainly driven by proprietary sales of our new college entrance examination ACT test preparation products and other professional test certification products. Licensing, Distribution, Advertising, and Other growth was principally driven by licensing of intellectual property rights.

Cost of Sales:

Cost of Sales for fiscal year 2017 decreased 9% to $194.8 million, or 7% on a constant currency basis reflecting the decline in lower sales volume.

Gross Profit:

Gross Profit Margin was 69.2% in fiscal year 2017 and consistent with the prior year period.

Contribution to Profit:

Contribution to Profit was $125.7 million in fiscal year 2017 and flat with the prior year period, both on a reported and constant currency basis and excluding Restructuring Charges. Lower print book revenue was offset by operational efficiencies and restructuring and other cost savings. Contribution Profit Margin was 19.8%, compared to 18.1% in the prior year

   
2017
   
2016
   
% Change
   
% Change
w/o FX (a)
 
SOLUTIONS:
                       
Revenue:
                       
Education Services (OPM)
 
$
111,638
   
$
96,469
     
16
%
   
16
%
Professional Assessment
   
59,868
     
57,370
     
4
%
   
5
%
Corporate Learning
   
60,086
     
50,692
     
19
%
   
20
%
                                 
Total Solutions Revenue
 
$
231,592
   
$
204,531
     
13
%
   
14
%
                                 
Cost of Sales
   
(46,146
)
   
(36,055
)
   
28
%
   
29
%
                                 
Gross Profit
 
$
185,446
   
$
168,476
     
10
%
   
10
%
Gross Profit Margin
   
80.1
%
   
82.4
%
               
                                 
Operating Expenses
   
(155,104
)
   
(149,741
)
   
4
%
   
4
%
Amortization of Intangibles
   
(13,733
)
   
(13,701
)
   
     
1
%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6)
   
(1,787
)
   
(1,042
)
               
                                 
Contribution to Profit
 
$
14,822
   
$
3,992
     
271
%
   
224
%
Contribution Margin
   
6.4
%
   
2.0
%
               

(a)
Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2017 and 2016 Restructuring Charges

Revenue:

Solutions revenue for fiscal year 2017 increased 13% to $231.6 million, or 14% on a constant currency basis.

32

Growth in Education Services (OPM) of $15 million primarily reflects the impact of increased partners new revenue generating programs, higher enrollments and other related service revenue. As of April 30, 2017, Wiley had 39 university partners and 250 degree programs under contract compared to 38 university partners and 226 degree programs as of April 30, 2016. During fiscal year 2017, Wiley signed several new partners, including George Mason University, Seton Hall University, St. John's University, and the Vlerick Business School in Belgium.

Professional Assessment revenue growth of $3 million was driven by increased post-hire assessment and retail revenue of $4 million, partially offset by a decline in pre-hire assessment revenue of $1 million following portfolio actions to optimize longer-term profitable growth.

The increase in Corporate Learning of $9 million reflected growth from existing customers in the core e-learning business, primarily in Europe.

Cost of Sales:

Cost of Sales for fiscal year 2017 increased 28% to $46.1 million, or 29% on a constant currency basis. This increase was mainly due to higher sales volume of $5 million, higher employment costs in Education Services (OPM) of $3 million, and higher content development costs in Corporate Learning of $4 million to support business growth. These factors were partially offset by restructuring and other cost savings.

Gross Profit:

Gross Profit Margin for fiscal year 2017 declined 230 basis points to 80.1%, principally due to higher content and employment costs to support new business growth in Corporate Learning and Education Services (OPM).

Contribution to Profit:

Contribution to Profit was $14.8 million in fiscal year 2017, compared with $4.0 million in the prior year. The improvement was mainly driven by revenue growth in all areas, partially offset by operating costs incurred to support new business growth in Education Services (OPM) and Corporate Learning. Contribution Margin was 6.4%, compared to 2.0% in the prior year period.

Ranku acquisition:

In September 2016, Wiley acquired Ranku, a recruitment technology and predictive analytics software company for universities, community colleges, and state systems, for $5 million. Ranku has been a partner to more than 1,000 online degree programs at the undergraduate and graduate level. Ranku also offers tech-enabled reporting that helps universities forecast what curriculum to develop based on real-time consumer demand and the needs of the labor market. Ranku plays a critical role in supporting enrollment growth and market research at its partner institutions.

CORPORATE EXPENSES:

Corporate Expenses were $186.6 million and $194.0 million in fiscal year 2017 and 2016, respectively.  Excluding restructuring charges and a one-time pension settlement charge in fiscal 2017, these expenses decreased 2%, primarily due to one-time benefits in fiscal 2017 related to changes in our retiree and long-term disability plans of $4 million, a life insurance recovery of $2 million, savings from operational excellence initiatives and restructuring activities.

FISCAL YEAR 2019 OUTLOOK

Metric (amounts in millions, except EPS)
 
FY18 Actual
 
FY19 Expectation
Constant Currency
Revenue
 
$
1,796.1
 
Even with prior year
Adjusted EPS
 
$
3.43
 
Mid-single digit decline
Cash Provided by Operating Activities
 
$
381.8
 
High-single digit decline
Capital Expenditures
 
$
150.7
 
Modestly lower

·
Wiley anticipates low-single digit revenue growth in Research and Solutions offset by a low-single digit revenue decline in Publishing.
·
Adjusted EPS is expected to decline primarily due to increased investment in revenue growth initiatives, particularly in Research and Education Services.
·
Cash Provided by Operating Activities reflects the impact of growth investments and substantially lower gains in working capital.
·
Capital Expenditures are expected to decline modestly with the completion of our headquarters transformation. Increased investment is expected in areas of product development and business optimization.

33


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:

Principal Sources of Liquidity

We believe that our operating cash flow, together with our revolving credit facilities and other available debt financing, will be adequate to meet our operating, investing, and financing needs in the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance that continued or increased volatility in the global capital and credit markets will not impair our ability to access these markets on terms commercially acceptable. We do not have any off-balance-sheet debt.

As of April 30, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $169.8 million, of which approximately $147.9 million, or 87% was located outside the U.S.  Maintenance of these cash and cash equivalent balances outside the U.S. does not have a material impact on the liquidity or capital resources of our operations. Notwithstanding the Tax Act which generally eliminated federal income tax on future cash repatriation to the U.S., cash repatriation may be subject to state and local taxes or withholding or similar taxes. We no longer intend to permanently reinvest cash outside the U.S. As described in Note 11, "Income Taxes," of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we accrued a provisional $2.0 million related to reversing our permanent reinvestment assertion related to estimated taxes from repatriating earnings and $0.1 million for state taxes related to the Tax Act, in addition to using foreign tax credits to offset a provisional deemed repatriation tax of $14.2 million. Other than the above accruals, we have no additional accrued liability for U.S. income tax on the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings and estimate that if such earnings were repatriated, the U.S. income tax liability would not be material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

As of April 30, 2018, we had approximately $360.0 million of debt outstanding and approximately $742.8 million of unused borrowing capacity under our Revolving Credit and other facilities.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

A summary of contractual obligations and commercial commitments, excluding unrecognized tax benefits further described in Note 11, "Income Taxes," of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements , as of April 30, 2018 is as follows:

         
Payments Due by Period
 
   
Total
   
Within
Year 1
   
2–3
Years
   
4–5
Years
   
After 5
Years
 
Total Debt
 
$
360.0
   
$
   
$
360.0
   
$
   
$
 
Interest on Debt (1)
   
27.7
     
7.9
     
19.8
     
     
 
Non-Cancelable Leases
   
259.3
     
31.2
     
54.4
     
37.2
     
136.5
 
Minimum Royalty Obligations
   
531.8
     
97.3
     
166.2
     
124.7
     
143.6
 
Other Operating Commitments
   
47.9
     
36.3
     
11.2
     
0.4
     
 
Total
 
$
1,226.7
   
$
172.7
   
$
611.6
   
$
162.3
   
$
280.1
 

(1)
Interest on Debt includes the effect of our interest rate swap agreements and the estimated future interest payments on our unhedged variable rate debt, assuming that the interest rates as of April 30, 2018 remain constant until the maturity of the debt

Analysis of Historical Cash Flow

The following table shows the changes in our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows in the fiscal years ended April 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

   
Year Ended April 30,
 
   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
 
$
381,838
   
$
314,903
   
$
349,957
 
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
   
(177,411
)
   
(243,010
)
   
(151,395
)
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities
   
(96,831
)
   
(346,172
)
   
(285,663
)
Effect of Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents
   
3,661
     
(31,011
)
   
(6,534
)

34

Free Cash Flow less Product Development Spending helps assess our ability, over the long term, to create value for our shareholders, as it represents cash available to repay debt, pay common dividends, and fund share repurchases and new acquisitions. Below are the details of Free Cash Flow less Product Development Spending for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016:

   
Year Ended April 30,
 
   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
 
$
381,838
   
$
314,903
   
$
349,957
 
Less: Additions to Technology, Property, and Equipment
   
(114,225
)
   
(105,058
)
   
(86,399
)
Less: Product Development Spending
   
(36,503
)
   
(43,603
)
   
(44,578
)
Free Cash Flow less Product Development Spending
 
$
231,110
   
$
166,242
   
$
218,980
 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

2018 compared to 2017

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities in fiscal year 2018 increased $66.9 million from fiscal year 2017 to $381.8 million. This was primarily due to:
·
a $40.7 million favorable impact on accounts payable from the timing of vendor payments;
·
a $12.1 million favorable impact from lower employee retirement plan contributions; and
·
a $15.7 million favorable impact on accounts receivable from the timing of customer payments.

The factors above were partially offset by a $15.0 million unfavorable impact from higher taxes paid in fiscal 2018 as compared with prior year.

Our negative working capital was $394.3 million and $428.1 million as of April 30, 2018, and April 30, 2017, respectively. The primary driver of the negative working capital is unearned deferred revenue related to subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. Cash received in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a number of purposes, including funding operating activities, acquisitions, debt repayments, dividend payments, and repurchasing treasury shares. The deferred revenue will be recognized as income when the products are shipped or made available online to the customers over the term of the subscription period. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2018 include $486.4 million of such deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance.

The $33.8 million change in working capital was primarily due to the seasonality of our businesses and the impact from the changes in accounts receivable and accounts payable discussed above. For fiscal year 2019, working capital performance from accounts receivable and accounts payable is expected to be in line with fiscal year 2018.

2017 compared to 2016

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities in fiscal year 2017 decreased $35.1 million from fiscal year 2016, to $314.9 million, principally due to lower accounts and royalties payable of $24 million due to the timing of vendor payments, higher accounts receivable of $15 million due to the timing of customer payments, higher incentive compensation payments of $5 million, and higher employee retirement plan contributions of $5 million. These factors were partially offset by lower payments related to our restructuring programs of $7 million, lower income tax payments of $5 million, and other working capital changes.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

2018 compared to 2017

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities in fiscal year 2018 was $177.4 million, compared to $243.0 million in the prior year. The decrease in net cash used in investing activities in fiscal year 2018 was primarily due to:
·
our investment in fiscal year 2017 in acquisitions of $125.9 million compared to no investments in fiscal year 2018. Fiscal year 2017 includes cash used for the acquisitions of Atypon ($121 million) and Ranku ($5 million), net of cash acquired;
partially offset by:
·
$60.4 million in proceeds we received in fiscal year 2017 related to the settlement of a foreign exchange forward contract that was entered into in fiscal year 2016 to manage foreign currency exposures on intercompany loans.

Projected capital spending for Technology, Property, and Equipment and Product Development Spending for fiscal year 2018 is forecast to be approximately $100 million and $35 million, respectively. Projected spending for author advances, which is classified as an operating activity, is forecast to be approximately $127 million for fiscal year 2018.

35

2017 compared to 2016

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities in fiscal year 2017 was $243.0 million, compared to $151.4 million in the prior year. In fiscal year 2017, we invested $125.9 million in acquisitions, compared to none in the prior year. Fiscal year 2017 includes the acquisitions of Atypon ($121 million) and Ranku ($5 million), net of cash acquired.   Other acquisitions in both periods reflect the acquisition of publication rights for society journals.

Product Development Spending was $43.6 million in fiscal year 2017, compared to $44.6 million in the prior year. Cash used for technology, property and equipment was $105.1 million in fiscal year 2017, compared to $86.4 million in the prior year.  The increase mainly reflects capital spending related to the renovation of our headquarters ($21 million) and increased spending on ERP and related systems ($1 million), partially offset by lower capital spending on other computer software ($9 million).

In fiscal year 2017, we received $60.4 million in proceeds related to the settlement of a foreign exchange forward contract that was entered into in fiscal year 2016 to manage foreign currency exposures on intercompany loans. Prior to its settlement, the notional amount of the foreign exchange forward contract was 274 million pounds sterling.

As discussed in more detail in Note 11, "Income Taxes," of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in fiscal year 2017, we received an unfavorable decision from the German Federal Fiscal Court that resulted in the forfeiture of cumulative deposits made by us to German tax authorities of approximately 56.6 million euros (approximately $61.7 million). The deposits were included in the Income Tax Deposits line item on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and are no longer reimbursable to us.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

2018 compared to 2017

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities was $96.8 million in fiscal year 2018 compared to $346.2 million in fiscal year 2017. This decrease in cash used was due to lower net debt repayments in fiscal year 2018. Net debt repayments in fiscal year 2018 were $8.6 million compared to $240.0 million in the prior year.

During fiscal year 2018, we repurchased 713,177 shares of common stock at an average price of $55.65, compared to 953,188 shares at an average price of $52.80 in the prior year. As of April 30, 2018, we had authorization from our Board of Directors to purchase up to 3,080,471 additional shares.

2017 compared to 2016

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities was $346.2 million in fiscal year 2017, compared to $285.7 million in the prior year. During fiscal year 2017, net debt repayments were $240.0 million compared to $145.1 million in the prior year. Our net debt (debt less cash and cash equivalents) increased $65.3 million from the prior year to $306.5 million.

During fiscal year 2017, we repurchased 953,188 shares of common stock at an average price of $52.80, compared to 1,432,284 shares at an average price of $48.86 in the prior year. As of April 30, 2017, we had authorization from our Board of Directors to purchase up to 3,793,648 additional shares. In fiscal year 2017, we increased our quarterly dividend to shareholders by 3% to $0.31 per share, versus $0.30 per share in the prior year. Higher proceeds from the exercise of stock options mainly reflected a higher volume of stock option exercises in fiscal year 2017 compared to the prior year.

RECENTLY ISSUED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS, ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE, AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

We are subject to numerous recently issued statements of financial accounting standards, accounting guidance, and disclosure requirements. The information set forth in Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference, and describes these new accounting standards.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES:

The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates include, among other items, assessing the collectability of receivables, the use and recoverability of inventory, assumptions used in the calculation of income taxes, useful lives and recoverability of tangible assets and goodwill and other intangible assets, assumptions used in our defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefit plans, costs for incentive compensation, and accruals for commitments and contingencies. We review these estimates and assumptions periodically using historical experience and other factors and reflect the effects of any revisions on the Consolidated Financial Statements in the period we determine any revisions to be necessary. Actual results could differ from those estimates, which could affect the reported results. Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" includes a summary of the significant accounting policies and methods used in preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. Set forth below is a discussion of our more critical accounting policies and methods.

36

Revenue Recognition: We recognize revenue when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred, or services have been rendered, the price to the customer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.  If all of the above criteria have been met, revenue is recognized upon shipment of products or when services have been rendered. Revenue related to journal subscriptions and other products and services that is generally collected in advance is deferred and recognized as earned over the term of the subscription, when the related issue is shipped or made available online, or the service is rendered, in accordance with contractual terms. Collectability is evaluated based on the amount involved, the credit history of the customer, and the status of the customer's account with us.

We transitioned from issue-based to time-based digital journal subscription agreements starting in calendar year 2016. Under this new model, we provide access to all journal content published within a calendar year and recognize revenue on a straight-line basis over the calendar year. Under our previous licensing model, a customer subscribed to a discrete number of online journal issues and revenue was recognized as each issue was made available online. We made these changes to simplify the contracting and administration of our digital journal subscriptions.

When a product is sold with multiple deliverables, we account for each deliverable within the arrangement as a separate unit of accounting due to the fact that each deliverable is also sold on a stand-alone basis. The total consideration of a multiple-element arrangement is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the price charged by us when it is sold separately. Our multiple deliverable arrangements principally include WileyPLUS , an online course management tool that includes a complete print or digital textbook for the course, negotiated licenses for bundles of digital content available on Wiley Online Library , the online publishing platform for our Research business, and test preparation, assessment, certification and training services which can include bundles of print and digital content and online workflow solutions. In March 2018, we migrated our Wiley Online Library platform to Atypon's Literatum platform, which we acquired in fiscal year 2017.

We enter into contracts for the resale of our content through a third party where we are not the primary obligor of the arrangement because we are not responsible for fulfilling the customer's order, handling customer requests or claims, and/or maintaining credit risk. We recognize revenue for the sale of our content, net of any commission owed to the third-party seller, or taxes, which are remitted to government authorities.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued ASU 2014-09 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" (Topic 606) ("ASU 2014-09"), which supersedes most existing revenue recognition guidance. We adopted ASU 2014-09 on May 1, 2018. See Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, under the caption "Recently Adopted Accounting Standards"   for details of our adoption of ASU 2014-09.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts: The estimated allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of the aging of the accounts receivable balances, historical write-off experience, credit evaluations of customers, and current market conditions. A change in the evaluation of a customer's credit could affect the estimated allowance. The allowance for doubtful accounts is shown as a reduction of Accounts Receivable on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and amounted to $10.1 million and $7.2 million as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Sales Return Reserves: The process that we use to determine our sales returns and the related reserve provision charged against revenue is based on applying an estimated return rate to current year returnable print book sales. This rate is based upon an analysis of actual historical return experience in the various markets and geographic regions in which we do business. We collect, maintain, and analyze significant amounts of sales returns data for large volumes of homogeneous transactions. This allows us to make reasonable estimates of the amount of future returns. All available data is utilized to identify the returns by market and as to which fiscal year the sales returns apply. This enables management to track the returns in detail and identify and react to trends occurring in the marketplace, with the objective of being able to make the most informed judgments possible in setting reserve rates. Associated with the estimated sales return reserves, we also include a related reduction in inventory and royalty costs as a result of the expected returns. Net print book sales return reserves amounted to $18.6 million and $24.3 million as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

37

The reserves are reflected in the following accounts of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position – (decrease) increase as of April 30:

   
2018
   
2017
 
Accounts Receivable
 
$
(28,302
)
 
$
(34,769
)
Inventories
 
$
4,626
   
$
4,727
 
Royalties Payable
 
$
(5,048
)
 
$
(5,741
)
Decrease in Net Assets
 
$
(18,628
)
 
$
(24,300
)

A one percent change in the estimated sales return rate could affect net income by approximately $1.6 million. A change in the pattern or trends in returns could affect the estimated allowance.

Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence : A reserve for inventory obsolescence is estimated based on a review of damaged, obsolete, or otherwise unsalable inventory. The review encompasses historical unit sales trends by title, current market conditions, including estimates of customer demand compared to the number of units currently on hand, and publication revision cycles. The inventory obsolescence reserve is reported as a reduction of the Inventories balance on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and amounted to $18.2 million and $21.1 million as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Allocation of Acquisition Purchase Price to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed : In connection with acquisitions, we allocate the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets and technology acquired. Such estimates include discounted estimated cash flows to be generated by those assets and the expected useful lives based on historical experience, current market trends, and synergies to be achieved from the acquisition and the expected tax basis of assets acquired. We may use a third-party valuation consultant to assist in the determination of such estimates.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets: Goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment at least annually on a reporting unit level during the fourth quarter of each year. A review of goodwill may be initiated before or after conducting the annual analysis if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may no longer be recoverable.

A reporting unit is the operating segment unless, at businesses one level below that operating segment– the "component" level–discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management, and the component has economic characteristics that are different from the economic characteristics of the other components of the operating segment, in which case the component is the reporting unit.

As part of the annual impairment test, we may conduct an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In a qualitative assessment, we would consider the macroeconomic conditions, including any deterioration of general conditions and industry and market conditions, including any deterioration in the environment where the reporting unit operates, increased competition, changes in the products/services and regulatory and political developments, cost of doing business, overall financial performance, including any declining cash flows and performance in relation to planned revenues and earnings in past periods, other relevant reporting unit specific facts, such as changes in management or key personnel or pending litigation, and events affecting the reporting unit, including changes in the carrying value of net assets.

If an optional qualitative goodwill impairment assessment is not performed, we are required to determine the fair value of each reporting unit using the two-step process. In step one, we compare the fair value of each of our reporting units with goodwill to its carrying value, including the goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, there is no indication of impairment and no further testing is required. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, we must perform step two of the impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In step two, the reporting unit's fair value is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical analysis that calculates the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is less than the carrying value, the difference is recorded as an impairment loss.

We use a fair value approach to test goodwill for impairment. We must recognize a non-cash impairment charge for the amount, if any, by which the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. We derive an estimate of fair values for each of our reporting units using a combination of an income approach and a market approach, each based on an applicable weighting. We assess the applicable weighting based on such factors as current market conditions and the quality and reliability of the data. Absent an indication of fair value from a potential buyer or similar specific transactions, we believe that the use of these methods provides a reasonable estimate of a reporting unit's fair value.

38

Fair value computed by these methods is arrived at using a number of factors, including projected future operating results, anticipated future cash flows, effective income tax rates, comparable marketplace data within a consistent industry grouping, and the cost of capital. There are inherent uncertainties, however, related to these factors and to our judgment in applying them to this analysis. Nonetheless, we believe that the combination of these methods provides a reasonable approach to estimate the fair value of our reporting units. Assumptions for sales, net earnings, and cash flows for each reporting unit were consistent among these methods.

Annual Goodwill Impairment Test

During the third quarter of 2018, we completed step one of our annual goodwill impairment test for our reporting units. We concluded that the fair values of these reporting units were above their carrying values and, therefore, there was no indication of impairment.

During the fourth quarter of 2018, we voluntarily changed our annual impairment assessment date from January 31 to February 1 for all of our reporting units and our indefinite-lived intangible assets. This change is being made to improve alignment of impairment testing procedures with year-end financial reporting, our annual business planning and budgeting process and the multi-year strategic forecast, which begins in the fourth quarter of each year. As a result, the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testing will reflect the result of inputs from each of the businesses in the development of the budget and forecast process, including the impact of seasonality of our financial results. Accordingly, management considers this accounting change preferable. This change does not accelerate, delay, avoid, or cause an impairment charge, nor does this change result in adjustments to previously issued financial statements.

In connection with the change in the date of the annual goodwill impairment test, we completed a qualitative assessment of the goodwill by reporting unit as of February 1, 2018 and concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of the reporting units exceeded its carrying amount. In addition, we completed a qualitative assessment of our indefinite lived intangible assets as of February 1, 2018 and concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of the indefinite lived intangible assets exceeded its carrying amount.

Income Approach Used to Determine Fair Values

The income approach is based upon the present value of expected cash flows. Expected cash flows are converted to present value using factors that consider the timing and risk of the future cash flows. The estimate of cash flows used is prepared on an unleveraged debt-free basis. We use a discount rate that reflects a market-derived weighted average cost of capital. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate based upon the reporting unit's expected long-term operating and cash flow performance. The projections are based upon our best estimates of projected economic and market conditions over the related period including growth rates, estimates of future expected changes in operating margins, and cash expenditures. Other significant estimates and assumptions include terminal value long-term growth rates, provisions for income taxes, future capital expenditures, and changes in future cashless, debt-free working capital.

Market Approach Used to Determine Fair Values

The market approach used estimates the fair value of the reporting unit by applying multiples of operating performance measures to the reporting unit's operating performance (the "Guideline Public Company Method"). These multiples are derived from comparable publicly-traded companies with similar investment characteristics to the reporting unit, and such comparable data are reviewed and updated as needed annually. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate using multiples from entities with operations and economic characteristics comparable to our reporting units and the Company.

The key estimates and assumptions that are used to determine fair value under this market approach include current and forward 12-month operating performance results, as applicable, and the selection of the relevant multiples to be applied. Under the Guideline Public Company Method, a control premium, or an amount that a buyer is usually willing to pay over the current market price of a publicly traded company, is considered and applied, to the calculated equity values to adjust the public trading value upward for a 100% ownership interest, where applicable.

In order to assess the reasonableness of the calculated fair values of our reporting units, we also compare the sum of the reporting units' fair values to our market capitalization and calculate an implied control premium (the excess of the sum of the reporting units' fair values over the market capitalization). We evaluate the control premium by comparing it to control premiums of recent comparable market transactions. If the implied control premium is not reasonable in light of these recent transactions, we will reevaluate our fair value estimates of the reporting units by adjusting the discount rates and/or other assumptions.

39

If our assumptions and related estimates change in the future, or if we change our reporting unit structure or other events and circumstances change (such as a sustained decrease in the price of our common stock, a decline in current market multiples, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climates, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, heightened competition, strategic decisions made in response to economic or competitive conditions, or a more-likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or disposed of), we may be required to record impairment charges in future periods. Any impairment charges that we may take in the future could be material to our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
See Note 10, "Goodwill and Intangible Assets," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our goodwill balance and the goodwill review performed in 2018 and other related information.

Intangible Assets with Finite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets: Finite-lived intangible assets principally consist of brands, trademarks, content and publication rights, customer relationships, and non-compete agreements and are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The most significant factors in determining the estimated lives of these intangibles are the history and longevity of the brands, trademarks, and content and publication rights acquired combined with the strength of cash flows. Content and publication rights, trademarks, customer relationships, and brands with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 2 to 40 years. Non-compete agreements are amortized over the terms of the individual agreement, generally up to 5 years.

Intangible assets with finite lives as of April 30, 2018, are amortized on a straight line basis over the following weighted average estimated useful lives: content and publishing rights – 30 years, customer relationships – 20 years, brands and trademarks – 15 years, non-compete agreements – 5 years.

Assets with finite lives are evaluated for impairment upon a significant change in the operating or macroeconomic environment. In these circumstances, if an evaluation of the projected undiscounted cash flows indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value based on the discounted future cash flows.

Stock-Based Compensation : We recognize stock-based compensation expense based on the fair value of the stock-based awards on the grant date, reduced by an estimate for future forfeited awards. As such, stock-based compensation expense is only recognized for those awards that are expected to ultimately vest. The fair value of stock-based awards is recognized in net income on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The grant date fair value for stock options was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The determination of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model required us to make significant judgments and estimates, which include the expected life of an option, the expected volatility of our Common Stock over the estimated life of the option, a risk-free interest rate, and the expected dividend yield. Judgment was also required in estimating the amount of stock-based awards that may be forfeited. Stock-based compensation expense associated with performance-based stock awards is based on actual financial results for targets established three years in advance. The cumulative effect on current and prior periods of a change in the estimated number of performance share awards, or estimated forfeiture rate, is recognized as an adjustment to earnings in the period of the revision. If actual results differ significantly from estimates, our stock-based compensation expense and consolidated results of operations could be impacted.

Retirement Plans: We provide defined benefit pension plans for certain employees worldwide. Our Board of Directors approved amendments to the U.S., Canada and U.K. defined benefit plans that froze the future accumulation of benefits effective June 30, 2013, December 31, 2015, and April 30, 2015, respectively. Under the amendments, no new employees will be permitted to enter these plans and no additional benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after the effective dates of the amendments.

The accounting for benefit plans is highly dependent on assumptions concerning the outcome of future events and circumstances, including discount rates, long-term return rates on pension plan assets, healthcare cost trends, compensation increases and other factors. In determining such assumptions, we consult with outside actuaries and other advisors.

The discount rates for the U.S., Canada and U.K. pension plans are based on the derivation of a single-equivalent discount rate using a standard spot rate curve and the timing of expected benefit payments as of the balance sheet date. The spot rate curve is based upon a portfolio of Moody's-rated Aa3 (or higher) corporate bonds. The discount rates for other non-U.S. plans are based on similar published indices with durations comparable to that of each plan's liabilities. The expected long-term rates of return on pension plan assets are estimated using market benchmarks for equities, real estate, and bonds applied to each plan's target asset allocation and are estimated by asset class, including an anticipated inflation rate. The expected long-term rates are then compared to the historic investment performance of the plan assets as well as future expectations and estimated through consultation with investment advisors and actuaries. Salary growth and healthcare cost trend assumptions are based on our historical experience and future outlook. While we believe that the assumptions used in these calculations are reasonable, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions could materially affect the expense and liabilities related to our defined benefit pension plans. A hypothetical one percent increase in the discount rate would increase net income and decrease the accrued pension liability by approximately $1.9 million and $143.4 million, respectively. A one percent decrease in the discount rate would decrease net income and increase the accrued pension liability by approximately $1.0 million and $177.9 million, respectively. A one percent change in the expected long-term rate of return would affect net income by approximately $4.7 million.

40

Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk primarily related to interest rates, foreign exchange, and credit risk. It is our policy to monitor these exposures and to use derivative financial investments and/or insurance contracts from time to time to reduce fluctuations in earnings and cash flows when it is deemed appropriate to do so. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rates:

From time to time, we may use interest rate swaps, collars, or options to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates.

We had $360.0 million of variable rate loans outstanding at April 30, 2018, which approximated fair value.

The information set forth in Note 13, "Derivatives Instruments and Activities," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under the caption "Interest Rate Contracts," is incorporated herein by reference.

On April 4, 2016, we entered into a forward starting interest rate swap agreement that fixed a portion of the variable interest due on a variable rate debt renewal on May 16, 2016. Under the terms of the agreement, we pay a fixed rate of 0.92% and receive a variable rate of interest based on one-month LIBOR from the counterparty, which is reset every month for a three-year period ending May 15, 2019. As of April 30, 2018, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $350.0 million.

It is management's intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps be less than the variable rate loans outstanding during the life of the derivatives.  During fiscal year 2018, we recognized a gain on our hedge contracts of approximately $1.5 million, which is reflected in Interest Expense on the Consolidated Statement of Income.  At April 30, 2018, the fair value of the outstanding interest rate swaps was a deferred gain of $5.1 million. Based on the maturity dates of the contract, the entire deferred gain of $5.1 million was recorded in Other Long-Term Assets. On an annual basis, a hypothetical one percent change in interest rates for the $10 million of unhedged variable rate debt as of April 30, 2018, would affect net income and cash flow by approximately $0.1 million.

Foreign Exchange Rates:

Fluctuations in the currencies of countries where we operate outside the U.S. may have a significant impact on financial results. We are primarily exposed to movements in British pound sterling, euros, Canadian and Australian dollars, and certain currencies in Asia. The Statements of Financial Position of non-U.S. business units are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities and weighted average exchange rates for revenues and expenses. The percentage of Consolidated Revenue for fiscal year 2018 recognized in the following currencies (on an equivalent U.S. dollar basis) were approximately: 53% U.S dollar, 27% British pound sterling, 12% euro, and 9% other currencies.

Our significant investments in non-U.S. businesses are exposed to foreign currency risk. Adjustments resulting from translating assets and liabilities are reported as a separate component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss within Shareholders' Equity under the caption Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment. During fiscal year 2018, we recorded foreign currency translation gains in other comprehensive income of approximately $67.6 million primarily due to the  strengthening of the British pound sterling relative to the U.S. dollar and, to a lesser extent, the strengthening of the euro relative to the U.S. dollar .

Exchange rate gains or losses related to foreign currency transactions are recognized as transaction gains or losses on the Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred. Under certain circumstances, we may enter into derivative financial instruments in the form of foreign currency forward contracts to hedge against specific transactions, including intercompany purchases and loans.

We may enter into forward exchange contracts to manage our exposure on certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.  As of April 30, 2018, and 2017, we did not maintain any open forward contracts.

Our foreign currency forward contracts are described in Note 13, "Derivatives Instruments and Activities," which is contained in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, under the caption "Foreign Currency Contracts," is incorporated herein by reference.

41

Customer Credit Risk:

In the journal publishing business, subscriptions are primarily sourced through journal subscription agents who, acting as agents for library customers, facilitate ordering by consolidating the subscription orders/billings of each subscriber with various publishers. Cash is generally collected in advance from subscribers by the subscription agents and is principally remitted to us between the months of December and April. Although at fiscal year-end we had minimal credit risk exposure to these agents, future calendar-year subscription receipts from these agents are highly dependent on their financial condition and liquidity. Subscription agents account for approximately 20% of total annual consolidated revenue and no one agent accounts for more than 10% of total annual consolidated revenue.

Our book business is not dependent upon a single customer; however, the industry is concentrated in national, regional, and online bookstore chains. Although no one book customer accounts for more than 8% of total consolidated revenue and 8% of accounts receivable at April 30, 2018, the top 10 book customers account for approximately 13% of total consolidated revenue and approximately 15% of accounts receivable at April 30, 2018. We maintain approximately $25 million of trade credit insurance, subject to certain limitations, covering balances due from certain named customers, which expires in June 2019, covering all billings through that date.

Disclosure of Certain Activities Relating to Iran:

The European Union, Canada and the U.S. have imposed sanctions on business relationships with Iran, including restrictions on financial transactions and prohibitions on direct and indirect trading with listed "designated persons." In fiscal year 2018, we recorded revenue and net earnings of approximately $4.6 million and $0.9 million, respectively, related to the sale of scientific and medical content to certain publicly funded universities, hospitals, and institutions that meet the definition of the "Government of Iran" as defined under section 560.304 of title 31, Code of Federal Regulations. We have assessed our business relationship and transactions with Iran and believe we are in compliance with the regulations governing the sanctions. We intend to continue in these or similar sales as long as they continue to be consistent with all applicable sanctions-related regulations.

42


Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The following Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes are filed as part of this report.

John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries

44
   
Financial Statements
 
46
47
48
49
50
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
51
51
57
58
58
58
59
59
60
60
62
65
66
67
67
70
73
73
75
   
Financial Statement Schedule
 
80

43


MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

To our Shareholders
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.:

The management of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f).

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by COSO , our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of April 30, 2018.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting:

We are in the process of implementing a new global enterprise resource planning system ("ERP") that will enhance our business and financial processes and standardize our information systems. We have completed the implementation of record-to-report, purchase-to-pay and several other business processes within all locations and will continue to roll out the ERP in phases over the next year.

As with any new information system we implement, this application, along with the internal controls over financial reporting included in this process, will require testing for effectiveness. In connection with this ERP implementation, we are updating our internal controls over financial reporting, as necessary, to accommodate modifications to our business processes and accounting procedures. We do not believe that the ERP implementation will have an adverse effect on our internal control over financial reporting.

Except as described above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting during fiscal year 2018.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2018 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

The Company's Corporate Governance Principles, Committee Charters, Business Conduct and Ethics Policy and the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers are published on our web site at www.wiley.com under the "About Wiley—Corporate Governance" captions.  Copies are also available free of charge to shareholders on request to the Corporate Secretary, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 07030-5774.

/s/ Brian A. Napack
 
Brian A. Napack
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher
 
John A. Kritzmacher
 
Chief Financial Officer and
 
Executive Vice President, Operations
 

/s/ Christopher F. Caridi
 
Christopher F. Caridi
 
Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and
 
Chief Accounting Officer
 
 
 
June 29, 2018
 

44


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and shareholders' equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 30, 2018, and the related notes and financial statement schedule II (collectively, the "consolidated financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 30, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB"), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated June 29, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2002.
 
New York, New York
June 29, 2018
45


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.:

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries' (the "Company") internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated statements of financial position of the Company as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and shareholders' equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 30, 2018, and the related notes (and financial statement schedule II) (collectively, the "consolidated financial statements"), and our report dated June 29, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ KPMG LLP

New York, New York
June 29, 2018

46


John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
Dollars in thousands

   
April 30,
 
   
2018
   
2017
 
Assets:
           
Current Assets
           
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
169,773
   
$
58,516
 
Accounts receivable, net
   
212,377
     
188,679
 
Inventories
   
39,489
     
47,852
 
Prepaid and other current assets
   
58,332
     
64,688
 
Total Current Assets
   
479,971
     
359,735
 
                 
Product Development Assets
   
78,814
     
80,385
 
Royalty Advances
   
37,058
     
28,320
 
Technology, Property & Equipment
   
289,934
     
243,058
 
Intangible Assets
   
848,071
     
828,099
 
Goodwill
   
1,019,801
     
982,101
 
Other Non-Current Assets
   
85,802
     
84,519
 
Total Assets
 
$
2,839,451
   
$
2,606,217
 
                 
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity:
               
Current Liabilities
               
Accounts payable
 
$
90,097
   
$
76,335
 
Royalties payable
   
73,007
     
62,871
 
Deferred revenue
   
486,353
     
436,235
 
Accrued employment costs
   
116,179
     
98,185
 
Accrued income taxes
   
13,927
     
22,222
 
Accrued pension liability
   
5,598
     
5,776
 
Other accrued liabilities
   
89,150
     
86,232
 
Total Current Liabilities
   
874,311
     
787,856
 
                 
Long-Term Debt
   
360,000
     
365,000
 
Accrued Pension Liability
   
190,301
     
214,597
 
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities
   
143,518
     
160,491
 
Other Long-Term Liabilities
   
80,764
     
75,136
 
Total Liabilities
   
1,648,894
     
1,603,080
 
Shareholders' Equity
               
Preferred Stock, $1 par value: Authorized – 2 million, Issued – 0
   
     
 
Class A Common Stock, $1 par value: Authorized – 180 million, Issued – 70,110,603 in 2018 and 70,086,003 in 2017
   
70,111
     
70,086
 
Class B Common Stock, $1 par value:  Authorized – 72 million, Issued – 13,071,067 in 2018 and 13,095,667 in 2017
   
13,071
     
13,096
 
Additional paid-in capital
   
407,120
     
387,896
 
Retained earnings
   
1,834,057
     
1,715,423
 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss):
               
Foreign currency translation adjustment
   
(251,573
)
   
(319,212
)
Unamortized retirement costs, net of tax
   
(191,026
)
   
(190,502
)
Unrealized gain on interest rate swap, net of tax
   
3,019
     
2,427
 
     
(439,580
)
   
(507,287
)
Less: Treasury Shares At Cost (Class A – 21,853,257 in 2018 and 22,096,970 in 2017, Class B – 3,917,574 in 2018 and 3,917,574 in 2017)
   
(694,222
)
   
(676,077
)
Total Shareholders' Equity
   
1,190,557
     
1,003,137
 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
 
$
2,839,451
   
$
2,606,217
 

See accompanying notes to the audited consolidated financial statements.

47


John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Dollars in thousands, except per share data

   
For the Years Ended April 30,
 
   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
Revenue
 
$
1,796,103
   
$
1,718,530
   
$
1,727,037
 
                         
Costs and Expenses
                       
Cost of sales
   
485,220
     
460,756
     
466,177
 
Operating and administrative expenses
   
994,552
     
988,597
     
994,372
 
Restructuring and related charges
   
28,566
     
13,355
     
28,611
 
Amortization of intangibles
   
48,230
     
49,669
     
49,764
 
Total Costs and Expenses
   
1,556,568
     
1,512,377
     
1,538,924
 
                         
Operating Income
   
239,535
     
206,153
     
188,113
 
                         
Interest Expense
   
(13,274
)
   
(16,938
)
   
(16,707
)
Foreign Exchange Transaction (Losses) Gains
   
(12,819
)
   
421
     
473
 
Interest and Other Income
   
489
     
1,480
     
2,914
 
                         
Income Before Taxes
   
213,931
     
191,116
     
174,793
 
Provision for Income Taxes
   
21,745
     
77,473
     
29,011
 
                         
Net Income
 
$
192,186
   
$
113,643
   
$
145,782
 
                         
Earnings Per Share
                       
Basic
 
$
3.37
   
$
1.98
   
$
2.51
 
Diluted
 
$
3.32
   
$
1.95
   
$
2.48
 
                         
Cash Dividends Per Share
                       
Class A Common
 
$
1.28
   
$
1.24
   
$
1.20
 
Class B Common
 
$
1.28
   
$
1.24
   
$
1.20
 
                         
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding
                       
Basic
   
57,043
     
57,337
     
57,998
 
Diluted
   
57,888
     
58,199
     
58,734
 

See accompanying notes to the audited consolidated financial statements.

48


John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Dollars in thousands

   
For the Years Ended April 30,
 
   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
Net Income
 
$
192,186
   
$
113,643
   
$
145,782
 
                         
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):
                       
Foreign currency translation adjustment
   
67,639
     
(51,292
)
   
(21,066
)
Unrealized retirement costs, net of tax benefit of $252, $3,286, and $8,807, respectively
   
(524
)
   
(11,097
)
   
(19,971
)
Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps, net of tax (provision) benefit of $(459), $(1,709), and $10, respectively
   
592
     
2,788
     
(16
)
Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
   
67,707
     
(59,601
)
   
(41,053
)
                         
Comprehensive Income
 
$
259,893
   
$
54,042
   
$
104,729
 

See accompanying notes to the audited consolidated financial statements.

49


John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Dollars in thousands

   
For the Years Ended April 30,
 
   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
Operating Activities
                 
Net Income
 
$
192,186
   
$
113,643
   
$
145,782
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Amortization of intangibles
   
48,230
     
49,669
     
49,764
 
Amortization of product development spending
   
41,432
     
40,209
     
39,658
 
Depreciation of technology, property, and equipment
   
64,327
     
66,683
     
66,427
 
Restructuring charges
   
28,566
     
13,355
     
28,611
 
Deferred income tax benefit on U.K. rate changes
   
     
(2,575
)
   
(5,859
)
Stock-based compensation expense
   
11,244
     
17,552
     
16,105
 
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
   
     
(414
)
   
(1,027
)
Employee retirement plan expense
   
7,388
     
13,169
     
14,323
 
Royalty advances
   
(122,602
)
   
(112,370
)
   
(110,135
)
Earned royalty advances
   
116,620
     
114,647
     
109,102
 
Impairment of publishing brand
   
3,600
     
     
 
Foreign currency gains (losses)
   
12,819
     
(421
)
   
(473
)
Unfavorable tax litigation
   
     
49,029
     
 
One-time pension settlement
   
     
8,842
     
 
Other non-cash (credits) charges
   
(30,752
)
   
(6,450
)
   
1,936
 
Income tax deposits
   
     
     
(1,151
)
Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities
                       
Accounts receivable, net
   
(14,209
)
   
(29,886
)
   
(14,456
)
Inventories
   
13,517
     
8,003
     
3,571
 
Accounts payable
   
16,543
     
(24,182
)
   
7,169
 
Royalties payable
   
3,664
     
4,325
     
(3,172
)
Deferred revenue
   
36,243
     
22,692
     
66,983
 
Income taxes payable
   
(565
)
   
19,479
     
(7,091
)
Restructuring payments
   
(30,595
)
   
(22,854
)
   
(29,864
)
Other accrued liabilities
   
1,022
     
10,367
     
14,968
 
Employee retirement plan contributions
   
(27,550
)
   
(39,687
)
   
(34,214
)
Other
   
10,710
     
2,078
     
(7,000
)
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
   
381,838
     
314,903
     
349,957
 
Investing Activities
                       
Product development spending
   
(36,503
)
   
(43,603
)
   
(44,578
)
Additions to technology, property, and equipment
   
(114,225
)
   
(105,058
)
   
(86,399
)
Acquisitions of publication rights and other
   
(26,683
)
   
(28,842
)
   
(20,418
)
Businesses acquired in purchase transactions, net of cash acquired
   
     
(125,924
)
   
 
Proceeds from settlement of foreign exchange forward contracts
   
     
60,417
     
 
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
   
(177,411
)
   
(243,010
)
   
(151,395
)
Financing Activities
                       
Repayment of long-term debt
   
(467,915
)
   
(923,007
)
   
(460,085
)
Repayment of short-term debt
   
     
     
(150,000
)
Borrowing of long-term debt
   
459,304
     
683,000
     
415,000
 
Borrowing of short-term debt
   
     
     
50,000
 
Purchase of treasury shares
   
(39,688
)
   
(50,326
)
   
(69,977
)
Change in book overdrafts
   
(4,191
)
   
(214
)
   
1,725
 
Cash dividends
   
(73,542
)
   
(71,545
)
   
(69,896
)
Debt financing costs
   
     
     
(3,362
)
Net proceeds (payments) from exercise of stock options and other
   
29,201
     
15,506
     
(95
)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
   
     
414
     
1,027
 
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities
   
(96,831
)
   
(346,172
)
   
(285,663
)
Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash
   
3,661
     
(31,011
)
   
(6,534
)
Cash and Cash Equivalents
                       
Increase/(Decrease) for year
   
111,257
     
(305,290
)
   
(93,635
)
Balance at beginning of year
   
58,516
     
363,806
     
457,441
 
Balance at end of year
   
169,773
     
58,516
     
363,806
 
Cash Paid During the Year for
                       
Interest
 
$
12,221
   
$
15,733
   
$
15,050
 
Income taxes, net
 
$
48,709
   
$
33,674
   
$
38,579
 

See accompanying notes to the audited consolidated financial statements.

50


John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Dollars in thousands

   
Common Stock
Class A
   
Common Stock
Class B
   
Additional
Paid-in Capital
   
Retained
Earnings
   
Treasury
Stock
   
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
   
Total
Shareholder's Equity
 
Balance at April 30, 2015
 
$
69,798
   
$
13,392
   
$
353,018
   
$
1,597,439
   
$
(571,974
)
 
$
(406,633
)
 
$
1,055,040
 
                                                         
Restricted Shares Issued under Stock-based Compensation Plans
   
     
     
(3,152
)
   
     
3,325
     
     
173
 
Net (Payments)/Proceeds from Exercise of Stock Options and Other
   
     
     
1,700
     
     
(1,795
)
   
     
(95
)
Excess Tax Benefits from Stock-based Compensation
   
     
     
1,027
     
     
     
     
1,027
 
Stock-based Compensation Expense
   
     
     
16,105
     
     
     
     
16,105
 
Purchase of Treasury Shares
   
     
     
     
     
(69,977
)
   
     
(69,977
)
Class A Common Stock Dividends
   
     
     
     
(58,658
)
   
     
     
(58,658
)
Class B Common Stock Dividends
   
     
     
     
(11,238
)
   
     
     
(11,238
)
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
   
     
     
     
145,782
     
     
(41,053
)
   
104,729
 
Balance at April 30, 2016
 
$
69,798
   
$
13,392
   
$
368,698
   
$
1,673,325
   
$
(640,421
)
 
$
(447,686
)
 
$
1,037,106
 
                                                         
Restricted Shares Issued under Stock-based Compensation Plans
   
     
     
(7,617
)
   
     
8,013
     
     
396
 
Net Proceeds from Exercise of Stock Options and Other
   
     
     
8,849
     
     
6,657
     
     
15,506
 
Excess Tax Benefits from Stock-based Compensation
   
     
     
414
     
     
     
     
414
 
Stock-based Compensation Expense
   
     
     
17,552
     
     
     
     
17,552
 
Purchase of Treasury Shares
   
     
     
     
     
(50,326
)
   
     
(50,326
)
Class A Common Stock Dividends
   
     
     
     
(60,143
)
   
     
     
(60,143
)
Class B Common Stock Dividends
   
     
     
     
(11,402
)
   
     
     
(11,402
)
Common Stock Class Conversions
   
288
     
(296
)
   
     
     
     
     
(8
)
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
   
     
     
     
113,643
     
     
(59,601
)
   
54,042
 
Balance at April 30, 2017
 
$
70,086
   
$
13,096
   
$
387,896
   
$
1,715,423
   
$
(676,077
)
 
$
(507,287
)
 
$
1,003,137
 
                                                         
Restricted Shares Issued under Stock-based Compensation Plans
   
     
     
(7,646
)
   
(10
)
   
7,968
     
     
312
 
Net Proceeds from Exercise of Stock Options and Other
   
     
     
15,686
     
     
13,515
     
     
29,201
 
Stock-based Compensation Expense
   
     
     
11,184
     
     
60
     
     
11,244
 
Purchase of Treasury Shares
   
     
     
     
     
(39,688
)
   
     
(39,688
)
Class A Common Stock Dividends
   
     
     
     
(61,813
)
   
     
     
(61,813
)
Class B Common Stock Dividends
   
     
     
     
(11,729
)
   
     
     
(11,729
)
Common Stock Class Conversions
   
25
     
(25
)
   
     
     
     
     
 
Comprehensive Income
   
     
     
     
192,186
     
     
67,707
     
259,893
 
Balance at April 30, 2018
 
$
70,111
   
$
13,071
   
$
407,120
   
$
1,834,057
   
$
(694,222
)
 
$
(439,580
)
 
$
1,190,557
 

See accompanying notes to the audited consolidated financial statements .

51


John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 – Description of Business

The Company, founded in 1807, was incorporated in the state of New York on January 15, 1904. Throughout this report, when we refer to "Wiley," the "Company," "we," "our," or "us," we are referring to John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and all of our subsidiaries, except where the context indicates otherwise.

We are a global research and learning company. Through our Research segment, we provide scientific, technical, medical, and scholarly journals, as well as related content and services, to academic, corporate, and government libraries, learned societies, and individual researchers and other professionals. The Publishing segment provides scientific, professional, and education books and related content in print and digital formats, as well as test preparation services and course workflow tools, to libraries, corporations, students, professionals, and researchers. The Solutions segment provides online program management services for higher education institutions and learning, development, and assessment services for businesses and professionals. We have operations primarily located in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, Germany, Singapore, and Australia.

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation:

Our Consolidated Financial Statements include all of the accounts of the Company and our subsidiaries. We have eliminated all significant intercompany transactions and balances in consolidation. All amounts are in thousands, except per share amounts, and approximate due to rounding.

Reclassifications:

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation.

Use of Estimates:

The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates include, among other items, assessing the collectability of receivables, the use and recoverability of inventory, assumptions used in the calculation of income taxes, useful lives and recoverability of tangible assets and goodwill and other intangible assets, assumptions used in our defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefit plans, costs for incentive compensation, and accruals for commitments and contingencies. We review these estimates and assumptions periodically using historical experience and other factors and reflect the effects of any revisions on the Consolidated Financial Statements in the period we determine any revisions to be necessary. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Book Overdrafts:

Under our cash management system, a book overdraft balance exists for our primary disbursement accounts. This overdraft represents uncleared checks in excess of cash balances in individual bank accounts. Our funds are transferred from other existing bank account balances or from lines of credit as needed to fund checks presented for payment. As of April 30, 2018 and 2017, book overdrafts of $13.1 million and $17.6 million, respectively, were included in Accounts Payable on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

Revenue Recognition:

We   recognize revenue when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, or services have been rendered; the price to the customer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. If all of the above criteria have been met, revenue is recognized upon shipment of products or when services have been rendered. Revenue related to journal subscriptions and other products and services that is generally collected in advance is deferred and recognized as earned over the term of the subscription, when the related issue is shipped or made available online, or the service is rendered, in accordance with contractual terms. Collectability is evaluated based on the amount involved, the credit history of the customer, and the status of the customer's account with us.

52

We transitioned from issue-based to time-based digital journal subscription agreements starting in calendar year 2016. Under this new model, we provide access to all journal content published within a calendar year and recognize revenue on a straight-line basis over the calendar year. Under our previous licensing model, a customer subscribed to a discrete number of online journal issues and revenue was recognized as each issue was made available online. We made these changes to simplify the contracting and administration of our digital journal subscriptions.

When a product is sold with multiple deliverables, we account for each deliverable within the arrangement as a separate unit of accounting due to the fact that each deliverable is also sold on a stand-alone basis. The total consideration of a multiple-element arrangement is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the price charged by us when it is sold separately. Our multiple deliverable arrangements principally include WileyPLUS , an online course management tool that includes a complete print or digital textbook for the course, negotiated licenses for bundles of digital content available on Wiley Online Library , the online publishing platform for our Research business, and test preparation, assessment, certification and training services which can include bundles of print and digital content and online workflow solutions. In March 2018, we migrated our Wiley Online Library platform to Atypon's Literatum platform, which we acquired in fiscal year 2017.

We enter into contracts for the resale of our content through third parties where we are not the primary obligor of the arrangement because we are not responsible for fulfilling the customer's order, handling customer requests or claims, and/or maintaining credit risk. We recognize revenue for the sale of our content, net of any commission owed to the third-party seller, or taxes, which are remitted to government authorities.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued ASU 2014-09 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" (Topic 606) ("ASU 2014-09"), which supersedes most existing revenue recognition guidance. We adopted ASU 2014-09 on May 1, 2018.   See the caption below, "Recently Adopted Accounting Standards" for details of our adoption of ASU 2014-09.

Cash Equivalents:

Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase and are stated at cost, which approximates market value, because of the short-term maturity of the instruments.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:

The estimated allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of the aging of the accounts receivable balances, historical write-off experience, credit evaluations of customers, and current market conditions. A change in the evaluation of a customer's credit could affect the estimated allowance. The allowance for doubtful accounts is shown as a reduction of Accounts Receivable on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and amounted to $10.1 million and $7.2 million as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Sales Return Reserves:

The process that we use to determine our sales returns and the related reserve provision charged against revenue is based on applying an estimated return rate to current year returnable print book sales. This rate is based upon an analysis of actual historical return experience in the various markets and geographic regions in which we do business. We collect, maintain and analyze significant amounts of sales returns data for large volumes of homogeneous transactions. This allows us to make reasonable estimates of the amount of future returns. All available data is utilized to identify the returns by market and to which fiscal year the sales returns apply. This enables management to track the returns in detail and identify and react to trends occurring in the marketplace, with the objective of being able to make the most informed judgments possible in setting reserve rates. Associated with the estimated sales return reserves, we also include a related reduction in inventory and royalty costs as a result of the expected returns. Net print book sales return reserves amounted to $18.6 million and $24.3 million as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The reserves are reflected in the following accounts of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position – (decrease) increase as of April 30:

   
2018
   
2017
 
Accounts Receivable
 
$
(28,302
)
 
$
(34,769
)
Inventories
 
$
4,626
   
$
4,727
 
Royalties Payable
 
$
(5,048
)
 
$
(5,741
)
Decrease in Net Assets
 
$
(18,628
)
 
$
(24,300
)

53

Inventories:

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. U.S. book inventories aggregating $24.0 million and $31.5 million at April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, are valued using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. All other inventories are valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence :

A reserve for inventory obsolescence is estimated based on a review of damaged, obsolete, or otherwise unsalable inventory. The review encompasses historical unit sales trends by title, current market conditions, including estimates of customer demand compared to the number of units currently on hand, and publication revision cycles. The inventory obsolescence reserve is reported as a reduction of the Inventories balance on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and amounted to $18.2 million and $21.1 million as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Product Development Assets: 

Product development assets consist of book composition costs and other product development costs. Costs associated with developing a book publication are expensed until the product is determined to be commercially viable. Book composition costs represent the costs incurred to bring an edited commercial manuscript to publication, which include typesetting, proofreading, design, illustration costs, and digital formatting. Book composition costs are capitalized and are generally amortized on a double-declining basis over their estimated useful lives, ranging from 1 to 3 years. Other product development costs represent the costs incurred in developing software, platforms, and digital content to be sold and licensed to third parties. Other product development costs are capitalized and generally amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. As of April 30, 2018, the weighted average estimated useful life of other product development costs was approximately 6 years.

Royalty Advances:

Royalty advances are capitalized and, upon publication, are expensed as royalties earned based on sales of the published works. Royalty advances are reviewed for recoverability and a reserve for loss is maintained, if appropriate.

Shipping and Handling Costs:

Costs incurred for third party shipping and handling are reflected in Operating and Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income. We incurred $33.7 million, $39.1 million, and $40.5 million in shipping and handling costs in fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

Advertising Expense:

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. We incurred $68.3 million, $61.4 million and $54.1 million in advertising costs in fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively, and these costs are included in Operating and Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Technology, Property, and Equipment:

Technology, property, and equipment is recorded at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Technology, property and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method based upon the following estimated useful lives: Computer Software – 3 to 10 years, Computer Hardware – 3 to 5 years; Buildings and Leasehold Improvements – the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset up to 40 years or the duration of the lease; Furniture, Fixtures, and Warehouse Equipment – 3 to 10 years.

Costs incurred for computer software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized during the application development stage and expensed as incurred during the preliminary project and post-implementation stages. Costs incurred during the application development stage include costs of materials and services and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with the software project. Such costs are amortized over the expected useful life of the related software, which is generally 3 to 6 years. Costs related to the investment in our Enterprise Resource Planning and related systems are amortized over an expected useful life of 10 years. Maintenance, training, and upgrade costs that do not result in additional functionality are expensed as incurred.

54

Allocation of Acquisition Purchase Price to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed :

In connection with acquisitions, we allocate the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets and technology acquired. Such estimates include discounted estimated cash flows to be generated by those assets and the expected useful lives based on historical experience, current market trends, and synergies to be achieved from the acquisition and the expected tax basis of assets acquired. We may use a third-party valuation consultant to assist in the determination of such estimates.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets:

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the following: (1) consideration transferred, (2) the fair value of any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, and (3) if the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition-date fair value of our previously held equity interest in the acquiree over the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of brands, trademarks, content, and publishing rights and are typically characterized by intellectual property with a long and well-established revenue stream resulting from strong and well-established imprint/brand recognition in the market.

We use the acquisition method of accounting for all business combinations and do not amortize goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for possible impairment annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.

Intangible Assets with Finite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets:

Finite-lived intangible assets principally consist of brands, trademarks, content and publication rights, customer relationships, and non-compete agreements and are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The most significant factors in determining the estimated lives of these intangibles are the history and longevity of the brands, trademarks, and content and publication rights acquired combined with the strength of cash flows. Content and publication rights, trademarks, customer relationships, and brands with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 2 to 40 years. Non-compete agreements are amortized over the terms of the individual agreement, generally up to 5 years.

Intangible assets with finite lives as of April 30, 2018, are amortized on a straight line basis over the following weighted average estimated useful lives: content and publishing rights – 30 years, customer relationships – 20 years, brands and trademarks – 15 years, non-compete agreements – 5 years.

Assets with finite lives are evaluated for impairment upon a significant change in the operating or macroeconomic environment. In these circumstances, if an evaluation of the projected undiscounted cash flows indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value based on the discounted future cash flows.

Derivative Financial Instruments:

From time to time, we enter into foreign exchange forward and interest rate swap contracts as a hedge against foreign currency asset and liability commitments, changes in interest rates, and anticipated transaction exposures, including intercompany purchases. All derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value.  Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges are adjusted to fair value with a corresponding adjustment to earnings. We do not use financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Foreign Currency Gains/Losses:

We maintain operations in many non-U.S. locations. Assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using end-of-period exchange rates and revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars using weighted average rates. Our significant investments in non-U.S. businesses are exposed to foreign currency risk. Foreign currency translation adjustments are reported as a separate component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss within Shareholders' Equity. During fiscal year 2018, we recorded $67.6 million of foreign currency translation gains primarily due to the strengthening of the British pound sterling relative to the U.S. dollar and, to a lesser extent, the strengthening of the euro relative to the U.S. dollar . Foreign currency transaction gains or losses are recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred.

55

Stock-Based Compensation:

We recognize stock-based compensation expense based on the fair value of the stock-based awards on the grant date, reduced by an estimate for future forfeited awards.  As such, stock-based compensation expense is only recognized for those awards that are expected to ultimately vest. The fair value of stock-based awards is recognized in net income on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The grant date fair value for stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The determination of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model required us to make significant judgments and estimates, which include the expected life of an option, the expected volatility of our Common Stock over the estimated life of the option, a risk-free interest rate, and the expected dividend yield. Judgment was also required in estimating the amount of stock-based awards that may be forfeited. Stock-based compensation expense associated with performance-based stock awards is based on actual financial results for targets established three years in advance. The cumulative effect on current and prior periods of a change in the estimated number of performance share awards, or estimated forfeiture rate, is recognized as an adjustment to earnings in the period of the revision. If actual results differ significantly from estimates, our stock-based compensation expense and consolidated results of operations could be impacted.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, "Compensation— Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting," which clarifies when changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is only required if the fair value, vesting conditions or classification (equity or liability) of the new award are different from the original award immediately before the original award is modified. We adopted ASU 2017-09 on May 1, 2018. The new guidance must be applied prospectively to awards modified on or after the adoption date. The future impact of ASU 2017-09 will be dependent on the nature of future stock award modifications.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07, "Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost." The guidance requires that the service cost component of net pension and postretirement benefit costs be reported in the same line item as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by the pertinent employees during the period, while the other components of net benefit costs must be reported separately from the service cost component and below operating income. The guidance also allows only the service cost component to be eligible for capitalization when applicable. We adopted ASU 2017-07 on May 1, 2018. The new guidance must be applied retrospectively for the presentation of net benefit costs in the income statement and prospectively for the capitalization of the service cost component of net benefit costs. Our net pension and postretirement costs for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018, includes approximately $8.1 million of net benefits that, upon adoption will be reclassified from operating income to a line item below operating income. Our net pension and retirement costs for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017, includes $5.3 million of net charges that will be reclassified from operating income to a line item below operating income upon adoption.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, "Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business", which clarifies the definition of a business in order to allow for the evaluation of whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or business. We adopted ASU 2017-01 on May 1, 2018.  The future impact of ASU 2017-01 will be dependent upon the nature of future acquisitions or dispositions made by us.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash. ASU 2016-18 requires that entities include restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents with cash and cash equivalents in the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the Statement of Cash Flows. We adopted ASU 2016-18 on May 1, 2018. Retrospective transition method is to be applied to each period presented. The adoption of ASU 2016-18 did not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, "Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory", which simplifies the accounting for the income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory. Current U.S. GAAP prohibits the recognition of current and deferred income taxes for an intra-entity asset transfer until the asset has been sold to an outside party. The new guidance states that an entity should recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. Consequently, the amendments in this Standard eliminate the exception for an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory. We adopted ASU 2016-16 on May 1, 2018. The adoption of ASU 2016-16 did not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, "Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments," which provides clarification on classifying a variety of activities within the Statement of Cash Flows. We adopted ASU 2016-15 on May 1, 2018. The adoption of ASU 2016-15 did not have a material impact to our consolidated statements of cash flows.

56

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, "Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities." Subsequently, the FASB issued ASU 2018-03, "Technical Corrections and Improvements to Financial Instruments-Overall."  ASU 2016-01 requires equity investments except those under the equity method of accounting to be measured at fair value with the changes in fair value recognized in net income. The amendment simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment. In addition, it also requires enhanced disclosures about investments. We adopted ASU 2016-01 on May 1, 2018. The adoption of ASU 2016- 01 did not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" (Topic 606) which superseded most existing revenue recognition guidance. We adopted ASU 2014-09 on May 1, 2018. The standard allows for either "full retrospective" adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all periods presented, or "modified retrospective" adoption, meaning the standard is applied only to the most current period presented in the financial statements. Subsequently, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) – Principal versus Agent Considerations", ASU 2016-10, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) – Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing", ASU 2016-12, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) – Narrow Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients", and ASU 2016-20, "Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers," which provide clarification and additional guidance related to ASU 2014-09. We also adopted ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU 2016-12, and ASU 2016-20 with ASU 2014-09 on May 1, 2018.

We utilized a comprehensive approach to assess the impact of the standard on our contract portfolio by reviewing our current accounting policies and practices to identify differences that would result from applying the new standard to our revenue contracts.

We adopted the new revenue standard as of May 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective method. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact to our consolidated revenues, financial position, or results of operations. Accordingly, we will record an immaterial net increase to opening retained earnings upon adoption resulting from the acceleration of revenue recognized under the standard.

Although the adoption of the new revenue standard is not material to our consolidated financial position, or results of operations, there are certain components of our revenue where the standard changes the timing of when revenue is recognized compared to our historical policies due to: (i) perpetual licenses granted in connection with other deliverables, previously recognized over the life of the associated subscription for future content, which we will now recognize the revenue at a point in time, which is when access is granted, (ii) customers' unexercised rights, which was previously recognized at the end of a pre-determined period for situations where we have received a nonrefundable payment for a customer to receive a good or service and the customer has not exercised such right, which we will now recognize such breakage amounts as revenue in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer, (iii) recognition of royalties in the period of usage, and (iv) recognition of certain arrangements with minimum guarantees on a time-based (straight-line) basis due to a stand-ready obligation to provide additional rights to content.

In addition, the adoption of the standard results in the discontinuance of the historical practice of presenting accounts receivable and deferred revenue balances on a net basis for some of our subscription licensing agreements where we have invoiced a customer in advance of the related revenue being recognized and payment has not yet been received.  As of April 30, 2018, the amounts that were netted down from accounts receivable and deferred revenue were $59.5 million.

Effective April 30, 2017, we adopted ASU 2015-17 "Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes." ASU 2015-17 requires that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. We elected to adopt this standard prospectively and thus prior period balances were not adjusted. As of April 30, 2017, there were $0.8 million of current deferred tax assets reported within Prepaid and Other Current Assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, "Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting," which simplifies the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including income taxes, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The new guidance also allows an entity to make an accounting policy election to account for forfeitures when they occur or to estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest with a subsequent true up to actual forfeitures (current U.S. GAAP). We adopted ASU 2016-09 on a prospective basis on May 1, 2017.  As a result of the adoption:

·
Excess income tax benefits and deficiencies from stock-based compensation are now recognized as a discrete item within the Provision for Income Taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income, rather than Additional Paid-In-Capital on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, and amounted to $1.6 million for fiscal year 2018.
·
Excess income tax benefits and deficiencies are no longer considered when applying the treasury stock method for computing diluted shares outstanding, which resulted in an increase in diluted shares outstanding of less than 0.1 million.
·
Excess income tax benefits and deficiencies are now classified as an Operating Activity on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. There were no excess tax benefits recorded in operating activities for fiscal year 2018, while $0.4 million were recorded in Financing Activities for fiscal year 2017.
·
We have elected to continue estimating expected forfeitures in determining stock compensation expense each period.

57

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02 "Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income," which allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.  The standard is effective for us on May 1, 2019, and interim periods within that fiscal year, with early adoption permitted. We are currently assessing the impact the new guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, "Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities," to simplify and improve the application and financial reporting of hedge accounting. The guidance eases the requirements for measuring and reporting hedge ineffectiveness, and clarifies that changes in the fair value of hedging instruments for cash flow, net investment, and fair value hedges should be reflected in the same income statement line item as the earnings effect of the hedged item. The guidance also permits entities to designate specific components in cash flow and interest rate hedges as the hedged risk, instead of using total cash flows. The standard is effective for us on May 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. We are currently assessing the impact the new guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, "Intangibles–Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): "Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment", which simplifies the measurement of a potential goodwill impairment charge by eliminating the requirement to calculate an implied fair value of the goodwill based on the fair value of a reporting unit's other assets and liabilities. The new guidance eliminates the implied fair value method and instead measures a potential impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit's carrying value compared to its fair value. The impairment charge cannot exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The standard is effective for us on May 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. Based on our most recent annual goodwill impairment test completed in fiscal year 2018, we expect no initial impact on adoption.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, "Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments." ASU 2016-13 requires entities to measure all expected credit losses for most financial assets held at the reporting date based on an expected loss model which includes historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Entities will now use forward-looking information to better form their credit loss estimates. ASU 2016-13 also requires enhanced disclosures to help financial statement users better understand significant estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of an entity's portfolio. ASU 2016-13 is effective for us on May 1, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal periods, with early adoption permitted. We are currently assessing the impact the new guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, "Leases (Topic 842)". ASU 2016-02 requires an entity to recognize a right-of-use asset and lease liability for all leases with terms of more than 12 months. Recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses will depend on classification as a finance or operating lease. Similar modifications have been made to lessor accounting in-line with revenue recognition guidance. The standard is effective for us on May 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. Adoption requires application of the new guidance to the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. We are currently assessing the impact the new guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 3 – Reconciliation of Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

A reconciliation of the shares used in the computation of earnings per share for the years ended April 30 follows:

   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding
   
57,181
     
57,531
     
58,253
 
Less:  Unvested Restricted Shares
   
(138
)
   
(194
)
   
(255
)
Shares Used for Basic Earnings Per Share
   
57,043
     
57,337
     
57,998
 
Dilutive Effect of Stock Options and Other Stock Awards
   
845
     
862
     
736
 
Shares Used for Diluted Earnings Per Share
   
57,888
     
58,199
     
58,734
 

Since their inclusion in the calculation of diluted earnings per share would have been anti-dilutive, options to purchase 244,590, 301,527 and 336,803 shares of Class A Common Stock have been excluded for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In addition, for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 unvested restricted shares of 26,740, none and 15,200 respectively, have been excluded as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.

58

Note 4 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss by component, net of tax, for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, were as follows:

   
Foreign Currency
Translation Adjustment
   
Unamortized
Retirement Costs
   
Interest
Rate Swaps
   
Total
 
Balance at April 30, 2016
 
$
(267,920
)
 
$
(179,405
)
 
$
(361
)
 
$
(447,686
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications
   
(51,292
)
   
(18,458
)
   
2,735
     
(67,015
)
Amounts reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
   
     
7,361
     
53
     
7,414
 
Total other comprehensive (loss) income
   
(51,292
)
   
(11,097
)
   
2,788
     
(59,601
)
Balance at April 30, 2017
 
$
(319,212
)
 
$
(190,502
)
 
$
2,427
   
$
(507,287
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
   
67,639
     
(4,979
)
   
1,739
     
64,399
 
Amounts reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
   
     
4,455
     
(1,147
)
   
3,308
 
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
   
67,639
     
(524
)
   
592
     
67,707
 
Balance at April 30, 2018
 
$
(251,573
)
 
$
(191,026
)
 
$
3,019
   
$
(439,580
)

For the fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, pre-tax actuarial losses included in Unamortized Retirement Costs of approximately $5.9 million and $11.1 million, respectively, were amortized from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and recognized as pension expense in Operating and Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Note 5 – Acquisitions

Atypon:

On September 30, 2016, we acquired the net assets of Atypon Systems, Inc. ("Atypon"), a Silicon Valley-based publishing-software company, for approximately $121 million in cash, net of cash acquired. We finalized our purchase accounting for Atypon on July 31, 2017, and there were no material changes in the purchase accounting allocation compared to April 30, 2017. We recorded the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the acquisition date, which included $48 million of intangible assets. Goodwill of $70 million was recorded, which is deductible for tax purposes.

Atypon's revenue and operating loss included in our results for fiscal year 2018 were $32.9 million and $2.7 million, respectively.  Atypon's revenue and operating loss included in our results for fiscal year 2017 were $19.1 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

Note 6 – Restructuring and Related Charges

In fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, we recorded pre-tax restructuring and related charges of $28.6 million, $13.4 million, and $28.6 million, respectively, which are reflected in the Restructuring and Related Charges line item on the Consolidated Statements of Income and described in more detail below:

Restructuring and Reinvestment Program:

Beginning in fiscal year 2013, we initiated a global program (the "Restructuring and Reinvestment Program") to restructure and realign our cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. We are targeting a majority of the expected cost savings achieved to improve margins and earnings, while the remainder will be reinvested in high-growth digital business opportunities.

59

The following tables summarize the pre-tax restructuring charges related to this program:

   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
   
Total Charges
Incurred to Date
 
Charges by Segment:
                       
Research
 
$
5,257
   
$
1,949
   
$
2,982
   
$
25,413
 
Publishing
   
6,443
     
1,596
     
4,507
     
38,931
 
Solutions
   
3,695
     
1,787
     
1,042
     
6,247
 
Corporate Expenses
   
13,171
     
8,023
     
20,080
     
95,919
 
Total Restructuring and Related Charges
 
$
28,566
   
$
13,355
   
$
28,611
   
$
166,510
 
                                 
Charges (Credits) by Activity:
                               
Severance
 
$
27,213
   
$
8,386
   
$
16,443
   
$
114,803
 
Process Reengineering Consulting
   
1,815
     
148
     
7,191
     
20,629
 
Other Activities
   
(462
)
   
4,821
     
4,977
     
31,078
 
Total Restructuring and Related Charges
 
$
28,566
   
$
13,355
   
$
28,611
   
$
166,510
 

Other Activities in 2017 and 2016 reflects leased facility consolidations, contract termination costs, and the curtailment of certain defined benefit pension plans.

The following table summarizes the activity for the Restructuring and Reinvestment Program liability for fiscal year 2018:

   
April 30, 2017
   
Charges
   
Payments
   
Foreign Translation
and Reclassification
   
April 30, 2018
 
Severance
 
$
10,082
   
$
27,213
   
$
(21,197
)
 
$
1,181
   
$
17,279
 
Process Reengineering Consulting
   
     
1,815
     
(1,815
)
   
     
 
Other Activities
   
12,708
     
(462
)
   
(7,583
)
   
(1,891
)
   
2,772
 
Total
 
$
22,790
   
$
28,566
   
$
(30,595
)
 
$
(710
)
 
$
20,051
 

The restructuring liability for accrued severance costs of $17.3 million is reflected in Accrued Employment Costs on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Approximately $0.9 million and $1.9 million of the Other Activities are included in Other Accrued Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities, respectively on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The amount included in Other Long-Term Liabilities that relates to Other Activities is expected to be paid starting in 2020 until 2022.

Note 7 – Inventories

Inventories at April 30 were as follows:
   
2018
   
2017
 
Finished Goods
 
$
36,503
   
$
38,329
 
Work-in-Process
   
2,139
     
7,078
 
Paper and Other Materials
   
550
     
650
 
     
39,192
     
46,057
 
Inventory Value of Estimated Sales Returns
   
4,626
     
4,727
 
LIFO Reserve
   
(4,329
)
   
(2,932
)
Total Inventories
 
$
39,489
   
$
47,852
 

See Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards," under the caption "Sales Return Reserves," for a discussion of the Inventory Value of Estimated Sales Returns. Finished Goods are net of a reserve for inventory obsolescence of $18.2 million and $21.1 million as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Note 8 – Product Development Assets

Product development assets consisted of the following at April 30:

   
2018
   
2017
 
Book Composition Costs
 
$
24,887
   
$
28,884
 
Other Product Development Costs
   
53,927
     
51,501
 
Total
 
$
78,814
   
$
80,385
 
 
60

Book composition costs are net of accumulated amortization of $188.7 million and $172.6 million as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Other Product Development Costs are net of accumulated amortization of $49.4 million and $33.5 million as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Note 9 – Technology, Property, and Equipment

Technology, property and equipment consisted of the following at April 30:

   
2018
   
2017
 
Capitalized Software
 
$
390,774
   
$
356,907
 
Computer Hardware
   
57,493
     
60,467
 
Buildings and Leasehold Improvements
   
121,381
     
103,774
 
Furniture, Fixtures, and Warehouse Equipment
   
60,869
     
55,106
 
Land and Land Improvements
   
3,678
     
3,354
 
     
634,195
     
579,608
 
Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization
   
(344,261
)
   
(336,550
)
Total
 
$
289,934
   
$
243,058
 

The following table details our depreciation and amortization expense for technology, property and equipment for the fiscal years ended April 30:

   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
Capitalized Software Amortization Expense
 
$
45,449
   
$
48,343
   
$
49,642
 
Depreciation and Amortization Expense, Excluding Capitalized Software
   
18,878
     
18,340
     
16,785
 
Total Depreciation and Amortization Expense for Technology, Property, and Equipment
 
$
64,327
   
$
66,683
   
$
66,427
 

The net book value of capitalized software costs was $198.0 million and $192.7 million as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

In fiscal year 2018, we wrote off approximately $51.8 million of fully depreciated capitalized software and computer hardware that were no longer in use.

Note 10 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The following table summarizes the activity in goodwill by segment as of April 30:

   
2017
   
Foreign
Translation
Adjustment
   
2018
 
Research
 
$
437,928
   
$
25,491
   
$
463,419
 
Publishing
   
283,192
     
12,209
     
295,401
 
Solutions
   
260,981
     
     
260,981
 
Total
 
$
982,101
   
$
37,700
   
$
1,019,801
 

We review goodwill for impairment on a reporting unit basis annually during the third quarter of each year, using a measurement date of January 31, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. While we are permitted to conduct a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is necessary to perform a two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test, for our annual goodwill impairment test in the third quarter of 2018, 2017, and 2016, we performed a quantitative test for all of our reporting units.

The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. In step one, we compare the fair value of each of our reporting units to its carrying value, including the goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, there is no indication of impairment and no further testing is required. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, we must perform step two of the impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In step two, the reporting unit's fair value is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical analysis that calculates the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is less than the carrying value, the difference is recorded as an impairment loss.

61

2018 Annual Impairment Test as of January 31, 2018

During the third quarter of 2018, we completed step one of our annual goodwill impairment test for our reporting units. We concluded that the fair values of these reporting units were above their carrying values and, therefore, there was no indication of impairment.

We estimated the fair value of these reporting units using a weighting of fair values derived from an income and a market approach. Under the income approach, we determined the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. Cash flow projections are based on management's estimates of revenue growth rates and operating margins, taking into consideration industry and market conditions. The discount rate used is based on a weighted average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated with the characteristics of the business and the projected cash flows. The market approach estimates fair value based on market multiples of current and forward 12-month operating performance results, as applicable, derived from comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit.

As noted above, the fair value determined under step one of the goodwill impairment test completed in the third quarter of 2018 exceeded the carrying value for each reporting unit. Therefore, there was no impairment of goodwill. However, if the fair value decreases in future periods, we may fail step one of the goodwill impairment test and be required to perform step two. In performing step two, the fair value would have to be allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. Therefore, any potential goodwill impairment charge would be dependent upon the estimated fair value of the reporting unit at that time and the outcome of step two of the impairment test. The fair values of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including the intangible assets, could vary depending on various factors.

The future occurrence of a potential indicator of impairment, such as a decrease in expected net earnings, adverse equity market conditions, a decline in current market multiples, a decline in our common stock price, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climates, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, strategic decisions made in response to economic or competitive conditions, or a more-likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or disposed of, could require an interim assessment for some or all of the reporting units before the next required annual assessment. In the event of significant adverse changes of the nature described above, we might have to recognize a non-cash impairment of goodwill, which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition.

We also review our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, which consists of brands and trademarks and certain acquired publishing rights. During the third quarter of 2018, we completed our annual impairment test related to the indefinite lived intangible assets.  We concluded that the fair values of these indefinite-lived intangible assets were above their carrying values and, therefore, there was no indication of impairment.

Change in Annual Impairment Assessment Date

During the fourth quarter of 2018, we voluntarily changed our annual impairment assessment date from January 31 to February 1 for all of our reporting units and our indefinite-lived intangible assets. This change was made to improve alignment of impairment testing procedures with year-end financial reporting, our annual business planning and budgeting process and the multi-year strategic forecast, which begins in the fourth quarter of each year. As a result, the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testing will reflect the result of inputs from each of the businesses in the development of the budget and forecast process, including the impact of seasonality of our financial results. Accordingly, management considers this accounting change preferable. This change does not accelerate, delay, avoid, or cause an impairment charge, nor does this change result in adjustments to previously issued financial statements.

In connection with the change in the date of the annual goodwill impairment test, we completed a qualitative assessment of the goodwill by reporting unit as of February 1, 2018, and concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of the reporting units exceeded its carrying amount. In addition, we also completed a qualitative assessment of our indefinite-lived intangible assets as of February 1, 2018, and concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of the indefinite-lived intangible assets exceeded its carrying amount.

62

Intangibles

Intangible assets as of April 30 were as follows:

   
2018
   
2017
 
   
Cost
   
Accumulated
Amortization
   
Accumulated
Impairment
   
Net
   
Cost
   
Accumulated
Amortization
   
Net
 
Intangible Assets with Determinable Lives
                                         
Content and Publishing Rights
 
$
824,146
   
$
(387,386
)
 
$
   
$
436,760
   
$
775,520
   
$
(353,923
)
 
$
421,597
 
Customer Relationships
   
212,020
     
(50,291
)
   
     
161,729
     
233,872
     
(64,756
)
   
169,116
 
Brands and Trademarks
   
32,111
     
(16,011
)
   
     
16,100
     
35,554
     
(18,359
)
   
17,195
 
Covenants not to Compete
   
1,499
     
(844
)
   
     
655
     
2,377
     
(1,420
)
   
957
 
 
   
1,069,776
     
(454,532
)
   
     
615,244
     
1,047,323
     
(438,458
)
   
608,865
 
Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives
                                                       
Brands and Trademarks
   
142,189
     
     
(3,600
)
   
138,589
     
135,061
     
     
135,061
 
Content and Publishing Rights
   
94,238
     
     
     
94,238
     
84,173
     
     
84,173
 
   
$
1,306,203
   
$
(454,532
)
 
$
(3,600
)
 
$
848,071
   
$
1,266,557
   
$
(438,458
)
 
$
828,099
 

Based on the current amount of intangible assets subject to amortization and assuming current foreign exchange rates, the estimated amortization expense for each of the succeeding five fiscal years are as follows: 2019 – $48.2 million, 2020 – $43.6 million, 2021 – $41.4 million, 2022 – $36.4 million, and 2023 – $32.7 million.

In conjunction with a business review performed in the Publishing segment associated with the restructuring activities in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, we identified an indefinite-lived brand with forecasted cash flows that did not exceed its carrying value. As a result, an impairment charge of $3.6 million was recorded in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 to reduce the carrying value of the brand to its fair value of $1.2 million, which will now be amortized over an estimated useful life of 5 years. This impairment charge was included in Operating and Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Note 11 – Income Taxes

The provisions for income taxes for the years ended April 30 were as follows:

   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
Current Provision
                 
U.S. – Federal
 
$
(2,216
)
 
$
912
   
$
(5,365
)
International
   
46,112
     
105,228
     
31,958
 
State and Local
   
961
     
100
     
1,657
 
Total Current Provision
 
$
44,857
   
$
106,240
   
$
28,250
 
Deferred Provision (Benefit)
                       
U.S. – Federal
 
$
(26,062
)
 
$
(13,852
)
 
$
6,625
 
International
   
2,420
     
(15,330
)
   
(6,459
)
State and Local
   
530
     
415
     
595
 
Total Deferred (Benefit) Provision
 
$
(23,112
)
 
$
(28,767
)
 
$
761
 
Total Provision
 
$
21,745
   
$
77,473
   
$
29,011
 

International and United States pretax income for the years ended April 30 were as follows:

   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
International
 
$
219,178
   
$
192,910
   
$
159,152
 
United States
   
(5,247
)
   
(1,794
)
   
15,641
 
Total
 
$
213,931
   
$
191,116
   
$
174,793
 
 
63

Our effective income tax rate as a percentage of pretax income differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate as shown below:

   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
U.S. Federal Statutory Rate
   
30.4
%
   
35.0
%
   
35.0
%
German Tax Litigation Expense
   
     
25.7
     
 
Benefit from Lower Taxes on Non-U.S. Income
   
(8.4
)
   
(12.7
)
   
(14.6
)
State Income Taxes, Net of U.S. Federal Tax Benefit
   
0.4
     
0.1
     
0.8
 
U.S. Tax Reform
   
(11.7
)
   
     
 
Deferred Tax Benefit From U.K. Statutory Tax Rate Change
   
     
(1.3
)
   
(3.4
)
Tax Credits and Related Benefits
   
(1.7
)
   
(6.2
)
   
(1.6
)
Tax Adjustments and Other
   
1.2
     
(0.1
)
   
0.4
 
Effective Income Tax Rate
   
10.2
%
   
40.5
%
   
16.6
%

Note: A substantial portion of our income is earned outside the U.S. in jurisdictions with lower statutory income tax rates than our U.S. statutory rate in 2018 including: U.K. (63%), Germany (25%), and Australia (7%).

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive Federal tax legislation originally known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the "Tax Act").  In December 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("SAB 118"), which allows us to record provisional amounts related to the effect of the Tax Act during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the enactment date. As the Tax Act was passed late in December 2017, and ongoing guidance and accounting interpretation are expected over the 12 months following enactment, we consider the accounting of the transition tax, deferred tax re-measurements and other items to be provisional due to the forthcoming guidance and our ongoing analysis of final data and tax positions. We expect to complete our analysis within the measurement period in accordance with SAB 118.

The effective tax rate for fiscal year 2018 was lower than fiscal 2017 due to the estimated net tax benefit from non-recurring items in the Tax Act and the effect of the German Tax litigation in fiscal year 2017 as described below. Estimated non-recurring items in the Tax Act reduced our income tax expense by $25.1 million ($0.43/share) or a reduction in our effective tax rate of 11.7 percentage points for fiscal year 2018.  Excluding the effect of the Tax Act, the rate was 21.9% for fiscal year 2018.

The rate excluding the benefit from the non-recurring items in the Tax Act was lower than the U.S. statutory rate for the year ended April 30, 2018, primarily due to lower rates applicable to non-U.S. earnings. 

German Tax Litigation Expense: In fiscal 2017, the German Federal Fiscal Court affirmed a lower court decision disallowing deductions related to a stepped-up basis in certain assets. As a result, we incurred an income tax charge of approximately $49 million ($0.85 per share).

Deferred Tax Benefit from U.K. Statutory Tax Rate Change:  In fiscal year 2016, the U.K. reduced its statutory rate to 19% beginning April 1, 2017, and 18% beginning April 1, 2020, and in fiscal year 2017, the U.K. further reduced its statutory rate beginning on April 1, 2020, from 18% to 17%. This resulted in a non-cash deferred tax benefit from the re-measurement of our applicable U.K. deferred tax balances of $5.9 million ($0.10 per share) in fiscal year 2016 and $2.6 million ($0.04 per share) in fiscal year 2017.

Tax Adjustments and Other:  In fiscal year 2018, we recorded a tax benefit of $0.6 million related to the expiration of the statute of limitations or favorable resolutions of federal, state, and foreign tax matters with tax authorities. No benefit was recorded in fiscal year 2017 and a benefit of $1.3 million was recorded in fiscal year 2016 related to such matters.

The Tax Act

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation. The Tax Act significantly revises the future ongoing U.S. corporate income tax system by, among other changes, the following:
·
lowering the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate to 21% with a potentially lower rate for certain foreign derived income;
·
accelerating deductions for certain business assets;
·
changing the U.S. system from a worldwide tax system;
·
requiring companies to pay a one-time transition tax on post-1986 unrepatriated cumulative non-U.S. earnings and profits ("E&P") of foreign subsidiaries;
·
eliminating certain deductions such as the domestic production deduction;
·
establishing limitations on the deductibility of certain expenses including interest and executive compensation; and
·
creating new taxes on certain foreign earnings.
 
64

The key impacts for the period were the re-measurement of U.S. deferred tax balances to the new U.S. corporate tax rate and the accrual for the one-time transition tax liability. While we have not yet completed our assessment of the effects of the Tax Act, we are able to determine reasonable estimates for the impacts of these key items and reported provisional amounts for these items.  In accordance with SAB 118, we are providing additional disclosures related to these provisional amounts.

Deferred tax balances – We remeasured our U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the federal rate at which they are expected to reverse in the future, generally 21% for reversals anticipated to occur after April 30, 2018.  We are still analyzing certain aspects of the Tax Act and refining our calculations, including our estimates of expected reversals, which could affect the measurement of these balances and give rise to new deferred tax amounts.  The provisional amount recorded related to the re-measurement of our net deferred tax liability was an estimated benefit of $47 million.

Foreign tax effects – In connection with the transition from a global tax system, the Tax Act establishes a mandatory deemed repatriation tax. The tax is computed using our post-1986 E&P that was previously deferred from U.S. income taxes.  The tax is based on the amount of foreign earnings held in cash equivalents and certain net assets, which are taxed at 15.5%, and those held in other assets, which are taxed at 8%. We recorded a provisional amount of $14.2 million. We also established an estimated valuation allowance of $6.5 million. This resulted in a corresponding decrease in deferred tax assets due to the utilization of foreign tax credit carryforwards. The determination of the transition tax requires further guidance as to its applicability to non-calendar year end taxpayers and analysis regarding the amount and composition of our historical foreign earnings. We no longer assert that we intend to permanently reinvest earnings outside the U.S. and accrued a provisional $2.0 million related to our estimated taxes from repatriating earnings with available cash. In addition, we accrued a $0.1 million provisional state tax liability, pending further guidance and legislative action from various states regarding conformity with the Tax Act.

The Tax Act reduces the Federal statutory tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018.  As a result, our U.S. federal statutory tax rate for our fiscal year ended April 30, 2018, is a blended rate of 30.4%. Other than the benefit from remeasuring our U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities, the reduced rate did not have a significant impact on our effective tax rate for fiscal year 2018

We have not determined a reasonable estimate of the tax liability, if any, under the Tax Act for our remaining outside basis difference.  We will continue to evaluate our position for this matter as we finalize our Tax Act calculations.

The Tax Act creates new taxes, effective for us on May 1, 2018, including a provision designed to tax global low taxed income ("GILTI") and a provision establishing new minimum taxes, such as the base erosion anti-abuse tax ("BEAT"). We continue to evaluate the Tax Act, but due to the complexity and incomplete guidance of various provisions, we have not completed our accounting for the income tax effects of certain elements of the Tax Act, including the new GILTI and BEAT taxes. We have not yet determined whether such taxes should be recorded as a current-period expense when incurred or factored into the measurement of our deferred taxes.  As a result, we have not included an estimate of any tax expense or benefit related to these items for the year ended April 30, 2018.

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes:

As of April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits were $6.8 million and $6.1 million, respectively, of which $0.6 million and $0.4 million represented accruals for interest and penalties recorded as additional tax expense in accordance with our accounting policy. Within the income tax provision for both fiscal years 2018 and 2017, we recorded net interest expense on reserves for unrecognized and recognized tax benefits of $0.2 million and $0.3 million respectively. As of April 30, 2018, and April 30, 2017, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would reduce our income tax provision, if recognized, were approximately $6.8 million and $6.1 million, respectively. During the year ended April 30, 2017, our tax position with respect to certain assets in Germany was finally rejected by the German Federal Fiscal Court.  Substantially, all of the reduction for prior year tax positions in the table below relates to the resolution of that matter. We do not expect any significant changes to the unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

A reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits included within the Other Long-Term Liabilities line item on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position follows:

   
2018
   
2017
 
Balance at May 1st
 
$
6,124
   
$
19,863
 
Additions for Current Year Tax Positions
   
1,372
     
2,566
 
Additions for Prior Year Tax Positions
   
69
     
31,802
 
Reductions for Prior Year Tax Positions
   
(38
)
   
 
Foreign Translation Adjustment
   
45
     
(419
)
Payments and Settlements
   
(124
)
   
(47,688
)
Reductions for Lapse of Statute of Limitations
   
(615
)
   
 
Balance at April 30th
 
$
6,833
   
$
6,124
 
 
65


 
Tax Audits:

We file income tax returns in the U.S. and various states and non-U.S. tax jurisdictions. Our major taxing jurisdictions include the United States, the United Kingdom, and Germany. Except for one immaterial item, we are no longer subject to income tax examinations for years prior to fiscal year (2013) in the major jurisdictions in which we are subject to tax. Our last completed U.S. federal tax audit was for fiscal years 2011 through 2013, which resulted in minimal adjustments related to temporary differences.

Deferred Taxes:

Deferred taxes result from temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial reporting purposes.

It is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the net deferred tax assets. The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities at April 30 were as follows:

   
2018
   
2017
 
Net Operating Losses
 
$
8,976
   
$
5,453
 
Reserve for Sales Returns and Doubtful Accounts
   
2,506
     
8,331
 
Accrued Employee Compensation
   
20,096
     
34,305
 
Foreign and Federal Credits
   
31,109
     
15,472
 
Other Accrued Expenses
   
4,632
     
14,303
 
Retirement and Post-Employment Benefits
   
39,160
     
56,633
 
Total Gross Deferred Tax Assets
 
$
106,479
   
$
134,497
 
Less Valuation Allowance
   
(8,811
)
   
(1,300
)
Total Deferred Tax Assets
 
$
97,668
   
$
133,197
 
                 
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
 
$
(3,203
)
 
$
(16,385
)
Unremitted Foreign Earnings
   
(1,985
)
   
 
Intangible and Fixed Assets
   
(231,869
)
   
(272,008
)
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities
 
$
(237,057
)
 
$
(288,393
)
                 
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities
 
$
(139,389
)
 
$
(155,196
)
                 
Reported As
               
Non-current Deferred Tax Assets
 
$
4,129
   
$
5,295
 
Non-current Deferred Tax Liabilities
   
(143,518
)
   
(160,491
)
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities
 
$
(139,389
)
 
$
(155,196
)

The decrease in net deferred tax liabilities is primarily attributable to the re-measurement of our U.S. deferred tax liabilities related to the Tax Act as well as foreign and federal credit carryforwards, net of an estimated $6.5 million valuation allowance related to the Tax Act, for fiscal year ended April 30, 2018. We have concluded that after valuation allowances, it is more likely than not that we will realize substantially all of the net deferred tax assets at April 30, 2018. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we take into account related deferred tax liabilities and estimated future reversals of existing temporary differences, future taxable earnings and tax planning strategies to determine which deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized in the future. Changes to tax laws, statutory tax rates and future taxable earnings can have an impact on our valuation allowances.

A $2.3 million valuation allowance has also been provided based on the uncertainty of utilizing the tax benefits related to our deferred tax assets for state and, to a small extent, Federal net operating loss carry forwards. As of April 30, 2018, we have apportioned state net operating loss carryforwards totaling $81 million, with a tax effected value of $4.8 million net of federal benefits, expiring in various amounts over one to 20 years.

We no longer intend to permanently reinvest earnings outside the U.S., As such, we established a $2.0 million permanent reinvestment assertion related to the estimated taxes that would be incurred upon repatriating our non-U.S. earnings.

Note 12 – Debt and Available Credit Facilities

As of April 30, 2018 and 2017, our debt of approximately $360.0 million and $365.0 million, respectively, consisted of amounts due under our revolving credit facilities.

66

We have a revolving credit agreement ("RCA") with a syndicated bank group led by Bank of America. The RCA consists of a $1.1 billion five-year senior revolving credit facility payable March 1, 2021. Under the RCA, which can be drawn in multiple currencies, we have the option of borrowing at the following floating interest rates:  (i) at a rate based on the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.98% to 1.50%, depending on our consolidated leverage ratio, as defined, or (ii) for U.S. dollar-denominated loans only, at the lender's base rate plus an applicable margin ranging from zero to 0.45%, depending on our consolidated leverage ratio. The lender's base rate is defined as the highest of (i) the U.S. federal funds effective rate plus a  0.50% margin, (ii) the Eurocurrency rate, as defined, plus a 1.00% margin, or (iii) the Bank of America prime lending rate. In addition, we pay a facility fee ranging from 0.15% to 0.25% depending on our consolidated leverage ratio. We also have the option to request an additional credit limit increase of up to $350 million in minimum increments of $50 million, subject to the approval of the lenders. The RCA contains certain restrictive covenants related to our consolidated leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio, which we were in compliance with as of April 30, 2018 and 2017. Due to the fact that there are no principal payments due until the end of the agreement in fiscal year 2021, we have classified our entire debt obligation as long-term as of April 30, 2018 and 2017.

We have other lines of credit aggregating $2.8 million at various interest rates. There were no outstanding borrowings under these credit lines at April 30, 2018 and 2017.

Our total available lines of credit as of April 30, 2018, were approximately $1.1 billion, of which approximately $0.7 billion was unused. The weighted average interest rates on total debt outstanding during fiscal years 2018 and 2017 were 2.44% and 2.19%, respectively. As of April 30, 2018 and 2017, the weighted average interest rates for total debt were 2.58% and 2.74%, respectively. Based on estimates of interest rates currently available to us for loans with similar terms and maturities, the fair value of our debt approximates its carrying value.

Note 13 – Derivative Instruments and Activities

From time-to-time, we enter into forward exchange and interest rate swap contracts as a hedge against foreign currency asset and liability commitments, changes in interest rates, and anticipated transaction exposures, including intercompany purchases. All derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value. Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges are adjusted to fair value with a corresponding adjustment to earnings. We do not use financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Contracts:

We had $360.0 million of variable rate loans outstanding at April 30, 2018, which approximated fair value. As of April 30, 2018 and 2017, the interest rate swap agreements we maintained were designated as fully effective cash flow hedges as defined under Accounting Standards Codification 815 "Derivatives and Hedging" ("ASC 815"). As a result, there was no impact on our Consolidated Statements of Income from changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps, as they were fully offset by changes in the interest expense on the underlying variable rate debt instruments. Under ASC 815, derivative instruments that are designated as cash flow hedges have changes in their fair value recorded initially within Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. As interest expense is recognized based on the variable rate loan agreements, the corresponding deferred gain or loss on the interest rate swaps is reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss to Interest Expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income. It is management's intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps be less than the variable rate loans outstanding during the life of the derivatives.

On April 4, 2016, we entered into a forward starting interest rate swap agreement, which fixed a portion of the variable interest due on a variable rate debt renewal on May 16, 2016. Under the terms of the agreement, we will pay a fixed rate of 0.92% and receives a variable rate of interest based on one-month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which is reset every month for a three-year period starting May 16, 2016, ending May 15, 2019. As of April 30, 2018, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $350.0 million.

On August 15, 2014, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement, which fixed a portion of the variable interest due on our variable rate loans outstanding. Under the terms of the agreement, which expired on August 15, 2016, we paid a fixed rate of 0.65% and received a variable rate of interest based on one-month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which was reset every month for a two-year period ending August 15, 2016. Prior to expiration the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $150.0 million.

We record the fair value of our interest rate swaps on a recurring basis using Level 2 inputs of quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets. The fair value of the interest rate swaps as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, was a deferred gain of $5.1 million and $3.9 million, respectively. Based on the maturity dates of the contracts, the entire deferred gain as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, was recorded within Other Non-Current Assets. The pre-tax (gains) losses that were reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss to Interest Expense for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016 were $(1.5) million, $1.1 million, and $0.9 million, respectively. Based on the amount in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss at April 30, 2018, approximately $3.7 million, net of tax, of unrecognized gains would be reclassified into net income in the next twelve months.

67

Foreign Currency Contracts:

We may enter into forward exchange contracts to manage our exposure on certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. The forward exchange contracts are marked to market through Foreign Exchange Transaction (Losses) Gains on the Consolidated Statements of Income, and carried at their fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities are remeasured at spot rates in effect on the balance sheet date, with the effects of changes in spot rates reported in Foreign Exchange Transaction (Losses) Gains on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

As of April 30, 2018 and 2017, we did not maintain any open forward contracts. As of April 30, 2016, there were two open forward exchange contracts with notional amounts of 31 million euros and 274 million pounds sterling to manage foreign currency exposures on intercompany loans. These contracts matured in May 2016 and February 2017, respectively. As of April 30, 2016, the fair value of the open forward exchange contracts was a gain of approximately $1.3 million and recorded within Prepaid and other current assets. The fair value of the open forward exchange contracts was measured on a recurring basis using Level 2 inputs. For fiscal years 2017 and 2016, the gains recognized on forward contracts were $59.0 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

Note 14 – Commitment and Contingencies

The following schedule shows the composition of net rent expense for operating leases:

   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
Minimum Rental
 
$
31,451
   
$
35,464
   
$
37,206
 
Less: Sublease Rentals
   
(708
)
   
(626
)
   
(597
)
Total
 
$
30,743
   
$
34,838
   
$
36,609
 

At April 30, 2018, estimated future minimum annual rental commitments under non-cancelable real and personal property leases, were as follows:

Fiscal Year
 
Amount
(in millions)
 
2019
 
$
31.2
 
2020
   
28.9
 
2021
   
25.5
 
2022
   
21.0
 
2023
   
16.2
 
Thereafter
   
136.5
 
Total
 
$
259.3
 

Rent expense associated with operating leases that include scheduled rent increases and tenant incentives, such as rent holidays or leasehold improvement allowances, are recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

We are involved in routine litigation in the ordinary course of our business. A provision for litigation is accrued when information available to us indicates that it is probable a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment may be required to determine both the probability and estimates of loss. When the amount of the loss can only be estimated within a range, the most likely outcome within that range is accrued. If no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount, the minimum amount within the range is accrued. When uncertainties exist related to the probable outcome of litigation and/or the amount or range of loss, we do not record a liability, but disclose facts related to the nature of the contingency and possible losses if management considers the information to be material. Reserves for legal defense costs are recognized when incurred. The accruals for loss contingencies and legal costs are reviewed regularly and may be adjusted to reflect updated information on the status of litigation and advice of legal counsel.  In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of all pending litigation as of April 30, 2018, will not have a material effect upon our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

Note 15 – Retirement Plans

We have retirement plans that cover substantially all employees. The plans generally provide for employee retirement between the ages 60 and 65, and benefits based on length of service and compensation, as defined.
 
68

Our Board of Directors approved plan amendments that froze the following retirement plans:
·
Retirement Plan for the Employees of John Wiley & Sons, Canada was frozen effective December 31, 2015;
·
Retirement Plan for the Employees of John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., a U.K. plan was frozen effective April 30, 2015 and;
·
U.S. Employees' Retirement Plan, Supplemental Benefit Plan, and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, were frozen effective June 30, 2013.

We maintain the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for certain officers and senior management which provides for the payment of supplemental retirement benefits after the termination of employment for 10 years or in a lifetime annuity. Under certain circumstances, including a change of control as defined, the payment of such amounts could be accelerated on a present value basis. Future accrued benefits to the Plan have been discontinued as noted above.

The components of net pension expense (income) for the defined benefit plans and the weighted average assumptions were as follows:

   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
   
U.S.
   
Non-U.S.
   
U.S.
   
Non-U.S.
   
U.S.
   
Non-U.S.
 
Service Cost
 
$
   
$
960
   
$
   
$
967
   
$
   
$
1,455
 
Interest Cost
   
11,666
     
13,876
     
12,398
     
14,449
     
13,612
     
16,446
 
Expected Return on Plan Assets
   
(13,154
)
   
(26,385
)
   
(14,053
)
   
(21,173
)
   
(14,756
)
   
(25,088
)
Net Amortization of Prior Service Cost
   
(154
)
   
57
     
(154
)
   
54
     
(154
)
   
55
 
Recognized Net Actuarial Loss
   
2,289
     
3,832
     
2,622
     
2,553
     
2,240
     
2,475
 
Curtailment/Settlement Loss
   
-
     
19
     
8,842
     
     
1,857
     
 
Net Pension Expense (Income)
 
$
647
   
$
(7,641
)
 
$
9,655
   
$
(3,150
)
 
$
2,799
   
$
(4,657
)
                                                 
Discount Rate
   
4.1
%
   
2.6
%
   
4.0
%
   
3.5
%
   
4.2
%
   
3.5
%
Rate of Compensation Increase
   
N/A
     
3.0
%
   
N/A
     
3.0
%
   
N/A
     
3.0
%
Expected Return on Plan Assets
   
6.8
%
   
6.5
%
   
6.8
%
   
6.7
%
   
6.8
%
   
6.7
%

We announced a voluntary, limited-time opportunity for terminated vested employees who are participants in the U.S. Employees' Retirement Plan of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the "Pension Plan") to request early payment of their entire Pension Plan benefit in the form of a single lump sum payment. Eligible participants who wished to receive the lump sum payment were required to make an election by August 29, 2016. Approximately 780 eligible participants made the election to receive the lump sum totaling $28.3 million which was paid from pension plan assets in October 2016. Settlement accounting rules were applied, which resulted in a plan remeasurement and recognition of a pro-rata portion of unamortized net actuarial loss of $8.8 million which was recorded in Operating and Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income in fiscal year 2017. The curtailment/settlement loss in fiscal year 2016 of $1.9 million, noted above, related to a disability payment made subject to terms of the our Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets for the retirement plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were $820.4 million, $787.6 million and $624.4 million, respectively, as of April 30, 2018, and $800.1 million, $753.3 million, and $579.7 million, respectively, as of April 30, 2017.

The Recognized Net Actuarial Loss for each fiscal year is calculated using the "corridor method," which reflects the amortization of the net loss at the beginning of the fiscal year in excess of 10% of the greater of the market value of plan assets or the projected benefit obligation. The amortization period is based on the average expected life of plan participants.

We recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of defined benefit postretirement plans, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligation, on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The change in the funded status of the plan is recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Plan assets and obligations are measured at fair value as of our balance sheet date.

The amounts in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss that are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost during the next fiscal year are as follows:

   
U.S.
   
Non-U.S.
   
Total
 
Actuarial Loss
 
$
1,905
   
$
3,998
   
$
5,903
 
Prior Service Cost
   
(154
)
   
61
     
(93
)
Total
 
$
1,751
   
$
4,059
   
$
5,810
 

 
69

The following table sets forth the changes in and the status of our defined benefit plans' assets and benefit obligations:

   
2018
   
2017
 
   
U.S.
   
Non-U.S.
   
U.S.
   
Non-U.S.
 
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS
                       
Fair Value of Plan Assets, Beginning of Year
 
$
200,001
   
$
390,133
   
$
215,923
   
$
352,484
 
Actual Return on Plan Assets
   
15,352
     
2,780
     
17,345
     
75,432
 
Employer Contributions
   
5,020
     
8,385
     
10,463
     
14,041
 
Employee Contributions
   
     
     
     
 
Settlements
   
     
(239
)
   
(28,258
)
   
 
Benefits Paid
   
(15,390
)
   
(15,909
)
   
(15,472
)
   
(9,487
)
Foreign Currency Rate Changes
   
     
34,298
     
     
(42,337
)
Fair Value, End of Year
 
$
204,983
   
$
419,448
   
$
200,001
   
$
390,133
 
CHANGE IN PROJECTED BENEFIT OBLIGATION
                               
Benefit Obligation, Beginning of Year
 
$
(290,785
)
 
$
(519,588
)
 
$
(336,908
)
 
$
(461,161
)
Service Cost
   
     
(960
)
   
     
(967
)
Interest Cost
   
(11,666
)
   
(13,876
)
   
(12,398
)
   
(14,449
)
Actuarial Gains (Losses)
   
7,417
     
23,528
     
14,791
     
(105,151
)
Benefits Paid
   
15,390
     
15,909
     
15,472
     
9,487
 
Foreign Currency Rate Changes
   
     
(45,938
)
   
     
52,653
 
Settlements and Other
   
     
239
     
28,258
     
 
Benefit Obligation, End of Year
 
$
(279,644
)
 
$
(540,686
)
 
$
(290,785
)
 
$
(519,588
)
Underfunded Status, End of Year
 
$
(74,661
)
 
$
(121,238
)
 
$
(90,784
)
 
$
(129,455
)
AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED ON THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
                               
Other Noncurrent Assets
   
     
     
     
134
 
Current Pension Liability
   
(4,818
)
   
(780
)
   
(4,977
)
   
(799
)
Noncurrent Pension Liability
   
(69,843
)
   
(120,458
)
   
(85,807
)
   
(128,790
)
Net Amount Recognized in Statement of Financial Position
 
$
(74,661
)
 
$
(121,238
)
 
$
(90,784
)
 
$
(129,455
)
AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (BEFORE TAX) CONSIST OF
                               
Net Actuarial (Losses)
 
$
(82,636
)
 
$
(183,316
)
 
$
(94,539
)
 
$
(171,601
)
Prior Service Cost Gains (Losses)
   
2,562
     
(441
)
   
2,716
     
(448
)
Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
$
(80,074
)
 
$
(183,757
)
 
$
(91,823
)
 
$
(172,049
)
Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
$
11,749
   
$
(11,708
)
 
$
29,394
   
$
(32,221
)
WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED IN DETERMINING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
                               
Discount Rate
   
4.3
%
   
2.6
%
   
4.1
%
   
2.6
%
Rate of Compensation Increase
   
N/A
     
3.0
%
   
N/A
     
3.0
%
Accumulated Benefit Obligations
 
$
(279,644
)
 
$
(507,932
)
 
$
(290,785
)
 
$
(472,841
)

Pension plan assets/investments:

The investment guidelines for the defined benefit pension plans are established based upon an evaluation of market conditions, plan liabilities, cash requirements for benefit payments, and tolerance for risk. Investment guidelines include the use of actively and passively managed securities. The investment objective is to ensure that funds are available to meet the plans benefit obligations when they are due. The investment strategy is to invest in high quality and diversified equity and debt securities to achieve our long-term expectation. The plans' risk management practices provide guidance to the investment managers, including guidelines for asset concentration, credit rating and liquidity.  Asset allocation favors a balanced portfolio, with a global aggregated target allocation of approximately 49% equity securities, 50% fixed income securities and cash, and 1% real estate. Due to volatility in the market, the target allocation is not always desirable and asset allocations will fluctuate between acceptable ranges of plus or minus 5%. We regularly review the investment allocations and periodically rebalance investments to the target allocations. We categorize our pension assets into three levels based upon the assumptions (inputs) used to price the assets. Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.
Level 2: Observable inputs other than those included in Level 1. For example, quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets in inactive markets.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs reflecting assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset.
 
70

We did not maintain any level 3 assets during fiscal years 2018 and 2017. In accordance with ASU 2015-07, "Fair Value Measurement ("Topic 820"), certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value ("NAV") per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient do not have to be classified in the fair value hierarchy. We adopted ASU 2015-07 in fiscal year 2018 and it was applied retrospectively to all periods presented. The fair value amounts presented in the following tables are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented for the total pension benefit plan assets. The following tables set forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, pension plan assets at their fair value as of April 30:

   
2018
   
2017
 
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Total
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Total
 
U.S. Plan Assets
                                   
Investments measured at NAV:
                                   
Global Equity Securities: Limited Partnership
             
$
95,933
               
$
91,397
 
Fixed Income Securities: Commingled Trust Funds
               
100,295
                 
95,922
 
Other: Real Estate Commingled Trust Fund
               
8,755
                 
12,682
 
Total Assets at NAV
             
$
204,983
               
$
200,001
 
                                         
Non-U.S. Plan Assets
                                       
Equity Securities:
                                       
U.S. Equities
 
$
   
$
31,203
   
$
31,203
   
$
   
$
28,598
   
$
28,598
 
Non-U.S. Equities
   
     
96,387
     
96,387
     
     
85,961
     
85,961
 
Balanced Managed Funds
   
     
91,743
     
91,743
     
10,196
     
69,453
     
79,649
 
Fixed Income Securities: Commingled Funds
   
     
197,804
     
197,804
     
     
187,797
     
187,797
 
Other:
                                               
Real Estate/Other
   
     
549
     
549
     
     
489
     
489
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
   
1,762
     
     
1,762
     
7,639
     
     
7,639
 
Total Non-U.S. Plan Assets
 
$
1,762
   
$
417,686
   
$
419,448
   
$
17,835
   
$
372,298
   
$
390,133
 
Total Plan Assets
 
$
1,762
   
$
417,686
   
$
624,431
   
$
17,835
   
$
372,298
   
$
590,134
 

Expected employer contributions to the defined benefit pension plans in fiscal year 2019 will be approximately $15.6 million, including $10.7 million of minimum amounts required for our non-U.S. plans. From time to time, we may elect to make voluntary contributions to our defined benefit plans to improve their funded status.

Benefit payments to retirees from all defined benefit plans are expected to be the following in the year indicated:

Fiscal Year
 
U.S.
   
Non-U.S.
   
Total
 
2019
 
$
15,435
   
$
8,489
   
$
23,924
 
2020
   
15,589
     
9,657
     
25,246
 
2021
   
14,322
     
10,535
     
24,857
 
2022
   
14,550
     
12,109
     
26,659
 
2023
   
14,947
     
12,619
     
27,566
 
2024-2028
   
75,428
     
75,332
     
150,760
 
Total
 
$
150,271
   
$
128,741
   
$
279,012
 

We provide contributory life insurance and health care benefits, subject to certain dollar limitations, for substantially all of our eligible retired U.S. employees. The retiree health benefit is no longer available for any employee who retires after December 31, 2017. This resulted in a curtailment gain of $2.5 million which was recognized in the Operating and Administrative Expenses line item in our Consolidated Statement of Income in fiscal year 2017. The cost of such benefits is expensed over the years the employee renders service and is not funded in advance. The accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, was $1.8 million and $1.7 million, respectively. Annual (credits) expenses for these plans for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016 were $(0.1) million, $(0.2) million and $0.2 million, respectively.

We have defined contribution savings plans. Our contribution is based on employee contributions and the level of our match. We may make discretionary contributions to all employees as a group. The expense recorded for these plans was approximately $14.4 million, $15.5 million, and $16.2 million in fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016 respectively.

Note 16 – Stock-Based Compensation

All equity compensation plans have been approved by shareholders. Under the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan, ("the Plan"), qualified employees are eligible to receive awards that may include stock options, performance-based stock awards, and other restricted stock awards. Under the Plan, a maximum number of 6.5 million shares of our Class A stock may be issued. As of April 30, 2018, there were approximately 4,791,733 securities remaining available for future issuance under the Plan. We issue treasury shares to fund awards issued under the Plan.
 
71

Stock Option Activity:

Under the terms of our stock option plan, the exercise price of stock options granted may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. Options are exercisable over a maximum period of 10 years from the date of grant. For fiscal years 2015 and prior, options generally vest 50% on the fourth and fifth anniversary date after the award is granted. For fiscal year 2016, options vest 25% per year on April 30. We did not grant any stock option awards in fiscal year 2018 and 2017. Under certain circumstances relating to a change of control, as defined, the right to exercise options outstanding may be accelerated.

The following table provides the estimated weighted average fair value for options granted in fiscal year 2016 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the significant weighted average assumptions used in their determination. The expected life represents an estimate of the period of time stock options will be outstanding based on the historical exercise behavior of option recipients. The risk-free interest rate is based on the corresponding U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our Common Stock price over the estimated life of the option, while the dividend yield is based on the expected dividend payments to be made by us.

   
2016
 
Fair Value of Options on Grant Date
 
$
14.77
 
 
       
Weighted Average assumptions:
       
Expected Life of Options (years)
   
7.2
 
Risk-Free Interest Rate
   
2.1
%
Expected Volatility
   
29.7
%
Expected Dividend Yield
   
2.1
%
Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Date
 
$
55.99
 

A summary of the activity and status of our stock option plans follows:

   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
   
Number
of Options
(in 000's)
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   
Weighted Average
Remaining Term
(in years)
   
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in millions)
   
Number
of Options
(in 000's)
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   
Number
of Options
(in 000's)
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 
Outstanding at Beginning of Year
   
1,429
   
$
47.39
                 
1,966
   
$
46.62
     
1,921
   
$
45.50
 
Granted
   
   
$
                 
   
$
     
166
   
$
55.99
 
Exercised
   
(788
)
 
$
45.97
                 
(469
)
 
$
43.74
     
(103
)
 
$
40.22
 
Expired or Forfeited
   
(30
)
 
$
54.24
                 
(68
)
 
$
49.91
     
(18
)
 
$
51.02
 
Outstanding at End of Year
   
611
   
$
48.88
     
3.3
   
$
10.4
     
1,429
   
$
47.39
     
1,966
   
$
46.62
 
Exercisable at End of Year
   
530
   
$
47.43
     
4.2
   
$
9.8
     
1,064
   
$
46.04
     
1,140
   
$
45.22
 
Vested and Expected to Vest in the Future at April 30
   
599
   
$
48.90
     
3.3
   
$
10.2
     
1,249
   
$
45.88
     
1,925
   
$
46.61
 

The intrinsic value is the difference between our common stock price and the option grant price. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016 was $10.4 million, $20.5 million, and $1.5 million, respectively. The total grant date fair value of stock options vested during fiscal year 2018 and 2017 was $13.4 and $19.3 million, respectively.

As of April 30, 2018, there was $0.5 million of unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a period up to 1 year and on a weighted average basis.

 
72

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at April 30, 2018:

     
Options Outstanding
   
Options Exercisable
 
Range of Exercise Prices
   
Number
of Options
(in 000's)
   
Weighted Average
Remaining Term
(in years)
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   
Number
of Options
(in 000's)
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 
$
35.04
     
11
     
1.2
   
$
35.04
     
11
   
$
35.04
 
$
39.53 to $40.02
     
226
     
3.1
   
$
39.62
     
226
   
$
39.62
 
$
47.55 to $49.55
     
130
     
3.0
   
$
48.71
     
130
   
$
48.71
 
$
55.99 to $59.70
     
244
     
3.8
   
$
58.12
     
163
   
$
58.05
 
Total/Average
     
611
     
3.3
   
$
48.88
     
530
   
$
47.43
 

Performance-Based and Other Restricted Stock Activity:

Under the terms of our long-term incentive plans, performance-based restricted unit awards are payable in restricted shares of our Class A Common Stock upon the achievement of certain three-year financial performance-based targets. During each three-year period, we adjust compensation expense based upon our best estimate of expected performance. For fiscal years 2015 and prior, restricted performance shares vest 50% on the first and second anniversary date after the award is earned. For fiscal years 2016 and 2017, restricted performance shares vest 50% on June 30 following the end of the three-year performance cycle and 50% on April 30 of the following year. Beginning in fiscal year 2018, restricted performance share units vest 100% on June 30 following the end of the three-year performance cycle.

We may also grant individual restricted unit awards payable in restricted shares of our Class A Common Stock to key employees in connection with their employment. For fiscal years 2015 and prior, the restricted shares generally vest 50% at the end of the fourth and fifth years following the date of the grant. Starting with fiscal year 2016 grants, restricted shares vest ratably 25% per year.

Under certain circumstances relating to a change of control or termination, as defined, the restrictions would lapse and shares would vest earlier.

Activity for performance-based and other restricted stock awards during fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016 was as follows (shares in thousands):

   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
   
Restricted
Shares
   
Weighted Average
Grant Date Value
   
Restricted
Shares
   
Restricted
Shares
 
 
Nonvested Shares at Beginning of Year
   
913
   
$
51.85
     
915
     
752
 
Granted
   
525
   
$
53.59
     
509
     
289
 
Change in Shares Due to Performance
   
(107
)
 
$
55.70
     
(67
)
   
86
 
Vested and Issued
   
(318
)
 
$
49.47
     
(267
)
   
(154
)
Forfeited
   
(152
)
 
$
52.40
     
(177
)
   
(58
)
Nonvested Shares at End of Year
   
861
   
$
53.22
     
913
     
915
 

As of April 30, 2018, there was $31.1 million of unrecognized share-based compensation cost related to performance-based and other restricted stock awards, which is expected to be recognized over a period up to 4 years, or 2.2 years on a weighted average basis.

Compensation expense for restricted stock awards is measured using the closing market price of our Class A Common Stock at the date of grant. The total grant date value of shares vested during fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016 was $15.7 million, $12.1 million, and $7.2 million, respectively.

President and CEO New Hire Equity Awards

On October 17, 2017, we announced Brian A. Napack as the new President and Chief Executive Officer of Wiley effective December 4, 2017 (the "Commencement Date").  Upon the Commencement Date, Mr. Napack also became a member of our Board of Directors (the "Board").  In connection with his appointment, Wiley and Mr. Napack entered into an employment offer letter (the "Employment Agreement"). 

73

The Employment Agreement provides that beginning with the fiscal year 2018–2020 performance cycle, eligibility to participate in annual grants under our Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (ELTIP). Targeted long-term incentive for this cycle is equal to 300% of base salary, or $2.7 million. Sixty percent of the ELTIP value will be delivered in the form of target performance share units and forty percent in restricted share units. The grant date fair value for restricted share units was $59.15 per share and included 20,611 restricted share units, which vest 25% each year starting on April 30, 2018 to April 30, 2021. In addition, there was a performance share unit award with a target of 30,916 units and a grant date fair value of $59.15. The performance metrics are based on cumulative EBITDA for fiscal year 2018-2020 and cumulative normalized free cash flow for fiscal year 2018–2020.

The awards are described in further detail in Mr. Napack's Employment Agreement filed with the SEC as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 17, 2017.

In addition, the Employment Agreement provides for a sign-on grant of restricted share units, with a grant value of $4.0 million, converted to shares using our Class A closing stock price as of the Commencement Date, and vesting in two equal installments on the first and second anniversaries of the employment date. The grant date fair value for this award was $59.15 per share and included 67,625 units at the date of grant. Grants are subject to forfeiture in the case of voluntary termination prior to vesting and accelerated vesting in the case of earlier termination of employment without Cause, due to death or Disability or Constructive Discharge, or upon a Change in Control (as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement).

The awards are described in further detail in Mr. Napack's Employment Agreement filed with the SEC as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 17, 2017.

Director Stock Awards:

Under the terms of our 2014 Director Stock Plan (the "Director Plan"), each non-employee director receives an annual award of Class A Common Stock equal in value to 100% of the annual director retainer fee (excluding additional retainer fees paid to committee chairpersons and Chairman of the Board), based on the stock price at the close of the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant. The granted shares may not be sold or transferred during the time the non-employee director remains a director. There were 19,900, 20,243, and 19,559 shares awarded under the Director Plan for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

Note 17 – Capital Stock and Changes in Capital Accounts

Each share of our Class B Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock. The holders of Class A stock are entitled to elect 30% of the entire Board of Directors and the holders of Class B stock are entitled to elect the remainder. On all other matters, each share of Class A stock is entitled to one tenth of one vote and each share of Class B stock is entitled to one vote.

During fiscal year 2017, our Board of Directors approved an additional share repurchase program of four million shares of Class A or B Common Stock. We repurchased in fiscal year 2018 713,177 Class A shares at an average price of $55.65 per share. In fiscal year 2017 we repurchased 953,188 shares, which included 952,667 Class A shares and 521 Class B shares at an average price of $52.80 per share. As of April 30, 2018, we had authorization from our Board of Directors to purchase up to 3,080,471 additional shares.

Note 18 – Segment Information

Our segment reporting structure consists of three reportable segments, which are listed below and a Corporate category as follows:

Research;
Publishing; and
Solutions

74

Segment information is as follows:

   
For the Years Ended April 30,
 
   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
Revenue:
                 
Research
 
$
934,395
   
$
853,489
   
$
826,778
 
Publishing
   
617,648
     
633,449
     
695,728
 
Solutions
   
244,060
     
231,592
     
204,531
 
Total Revenue
 
$
1,796,103
   
$
1,718,530
   
$
1,727,037
 
                         
Contribution to Profit:
                       
Research
 
$
275,480
   
$
252,228
   
$
252,110
 
Publishing
   
123,917
     
125,703
     
126,058
 
Solutions
   
22,099
     
14,822
     
3,992
 
Total Contribution to Profit
 
$
421,496
   
$
392,753
   
$
382,160
 
Corporate Expenses
   
(181,961
)
   
(186,600
)
   
(194,047
)
Operating Income
 
$
239,535
   
$
206,153
   
$
188,113
 
 
   
For the Years Ended April 30,
 
Total Revenue by Product/Service
 
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
Journals Subscriptions
 
$
677,685
   
$
639,720
   
$
622,305
 
Open Access
   
41,997
     
30,633
     
25,671
 
Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other (Research segment)
   
181,806
     
164,070
     
178,802
 
Publishing Technology Services (Atypon)
   
32,907
     
19,066
     
 
STM and Professional Publishing
   
287,315
     
291,255
     
330,984
 
Education Publishing
   
187,178
     
196,343
     
229,989
 
Course Workflow (WileyPLUS)
   
59,475
     
62,348
     
58,519
 
Test Preparation and Certification
   
35,534
     
35,609
     
28,115
 
Licensing, Distribution, Advertising, and Other (Publishing segment)
   
48,146
     
47,894
     
48,121
 
Education Services (OPM)
   
119,131
     
111,638
     
96,469
 
Professional Assessment
   
61,094
     
59,868
     
57,370
 
Corporate Learning
   
63,835
     
60,086
     
50,692
 
Total
 
$
1,796,103
   
$
1,718,530
   
$
1,727,037
 
                         
Total Assets
                       
Research
 
$
1,238,178
   
$
1,133,846
   
$
1,235,609
 
Publishing
   
575,033
     
582,339
     
672,987
 
Solutions
   
563,489
     
575,068
     
439,554
 
Corporate
   
462,751
     
314,964
     
572,946
 
Total
 
$
2,839,451
   
$
2,606,217
   
$
2,921,096
 
                         
Expenditures for Long Lived Assets
                       
Research
 
$
(7,538
)
 
$
(154,189
)
 
$
(20,418
)
Publishing
   
(23,666
)
   
(29,420
)
   
(35,966
)
Solutions
   
(16,786
)
   
(21,210
)
   
(23,344
)
Corporate
   
(102,738
)
   
(98,608
)
   
(71,667
)
Total
 
$
(150,728
)
 
$
(303,427
)
 
$
(151,395
)
                         
Depreciation and Amortization
                       
Research
 
$
33,655
   
$
29,330
   
$
26,410
 
Publishing
   
39,495
     
43,831
     
47,108
 
Solutions
   
27,703
     
26,792
     
22,927
 
Corporate
   
53,136
     
56,608
     
59,404
 
Total
 
$
153,989
   
$
156,561
   
$
155,849
 
75

Revenue from external customers based on the location of the customer and long-lived assets by geographic area were as follows:

   
Revenue
   
Long-Lived Assets
(Technology, Property and Equipment)
 
   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
United States
 
$
913,852
   
$
786,574
   
$
884,185
   
$
249,542
   
$
208,572
   
$
166,878
 
United Kingdom
   
147,406
     
189,479
     
153,442
     
20,955
     
21,368
     
23,246
 
Germany
   
98,404
     
75,090
     
69,676
     
9,259
     
8,770
     
9,629
 
Japan
   
81,572
     
62,674
     
76,930
     
72
     
75
     
35
 
Australia
   
78,270
     
66,309
     
78,786
     
1,454
     
591
     
1,041
 
China
   
53,076
     
39,653
     
52,815
     
229
     
270
     
244
 
Canada
   
55,568
     
50,740
     
50,243
     
3,635
     
1,232
     
1,617
 
France
   
51,826
     
44,760
     
49,970
     
635
     
335
     
2,211
 
India
   
41,637
     
34,306
     
38,208
     
1,437
     
245
     
234
 
Other Countries
   
274,492
     
368,945
     
272,782
     
2,716
     
1,600
     
2,329
 
Total
 
$
1,796,103
   
$
1,718,530
   
$
1,727,037
   
$
289,934
   
$
243,058
   
$
207,464
 

Note 19 – Supplementary Quarterly Financial Information - Results By Quarter (Unaudited)

Amounts in millions, except per share data
 
2018
   
2017
 
Revenue
           
First Quarter
 
$
411.4
   
$
404.3
 
Second Quarter
   
451.7
     
425.6
 
Third Quarter
   
455.7
     
436.4
 
Fourth Quarter
   
477.3
     
452.2
 
Fiscal Year
 
$
1,796.1
   
$
1,718.5
 
                 
Gross Profit
               
First Quarter
 
$
296.7
   
$
290.8
 
Second Quarter
   
331.9
     
314.0
 
Third Quarter
   
330.5
     
320.1
 
Fourth Quarter
   
351.8
     
332.9
 
Fiscal Year
 
$
1,310.9
   
$
1,257.8
 
                 
Operating Income
               
First Quarter
 
$
14.5
   
$
43.8
 
Second Quarter
   
82.8
     
47.7
 
Third Quarter
   
67.4
     
51.2
 
Fourth Quarter
   
74.8
     
63.5
 
Fiscal Year
 
$
239.5
   
$
206.2
 
                 
Net Income
               
First Quarter
 
$
9.2
   
$
31.0
 
Second Quarter
   
60.0
     
(11.5
)
Third Quarter
   
68.8
     
47.4
 
Fourth Quarter
   
54.2
     
46.7
 
Fiscal Year
 
$
192.2
   
$
113.6
 

   
2018
   
2017
 
   
Basic
   
Diluted
   
Basic
   
Diluted
 
Earnings Per Share (1)
                       
First Quarter
 
$
0.16
   
$
0.16
   
$
0.54
   
$
0.53
 
Second Quarter
   
1.06
     
1.04
     
(0.20
)
   
(0.20
)
Third Quarter
   
1.21
     
1.19
     
0.83
     
0.82
 
Fourth Quarter
   
0.95
     
0.93
     
0.82
     
0.81
 
Fiscal Year
 
$
3.37
   
$
3.32
   
$
1.98
   
$
1.95
 

(1)
The sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts may not agree to the respective annual amounts due to rounding.
 
76

Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None

Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures: The Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, together with the Chief Accounting Officer and other members of the Company's management, have conducted an evaluation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to the Company's management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting: Our Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act.  Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of April 30, 2018.

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting: We are in the process of implementing a new global enterprise resource planning system ("ERP") that will enhance our business and financial processes and standardize our information systems. We have completed the implementation of record-to-report, purchase-to-pay and several other business processes within all locations and will continue to roll out the ERP in phases over the next year.

As with any new information system we implement, this application, along with the internal controls over financial reporting included in this process, will require testing for effectiveness. In connection with this ERP implementation, we are updating our internal controls over financial reporting, as necessary, to accommodate modifications to our business processes and accounting procedures. We do not believe that the ERP implementation will have an adverse effect on our internal control over financial reporting.

Except as described above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.
Other Information

None
 
PART III

Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

For information with respect to Executive Officers of the Company, see "Executive Officers of the Company" as set forth in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The name, age, and background of each of the directors nominated for election are contained under the caption "Election of Directors" in the Proxy Statement for our 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders ("2018 Proxy Statement") and are incorporated herein by reference.

Information on the audit committee financial experts is contained in the 2018 Proxy Statement under the caption "Report of the Audit Committee" and is incorporated herein by reference.
77

Information on the Audit Committee Charter is contained in the 2018 Proxy Statement under the caption "Committees of the Board of Directors and Certain Other Information concerning the Board."

Information with respect to the Company's Corporate Governance principles is publicly available on the Company's Corporate Governance Web site at https://www.wiley.com/en-us/corporategovernance.

Item 11.
Executive Compensation

Information on compensation of the directors and executive officers is contained in the 2018 Proxy Statement under the captions "Directors' Compensation" and "Executive Compensation," respectively, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information on the beneficial ownership reporting for the directors and executive officers is contained under the caption "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" within the "Beneficial Ownership of Directors and Management" section of the 2018 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. Information on the beneficial ownership reporting for all other shareholders that own 5% of more of the Company's Class A or Class B Common Stock is contained under the caption "Voting Securities, Record Date, Principal Holders" in the 2018 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

The following table summarizes the Company's equity compensation plan information as of April 30, 2018:

Plan Category
 
Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon Exercise
of Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights (1)
   
Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
   
Number of
Securities Remaining
Available for Future
Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans (2)
 
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders
   
1,472,520
   
$
48.88
     
4,791,733
 

(1)
This amount includes the following awards issued under the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan:

611,418 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $48.88
861,102 non-vested performance-based and other restricted stock awards. Since these awards have no exercise price, they are not included in the weighted average exercise price calculation.

(2)
Per the terms of the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan ("Plan"), a total of 6,500,000 shares shall be authorized for awards granted under the Plan, less one (1) share for every one (1) share that was subject to an option or stock appreciation right granted after April 30, 2014 under the 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan and 1.76 Shares for every one (1) share that was subject to an award other than an option or stock appreciation right granted after April 30, 2014 under the 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan. Any shares that are subject to options or stock appreciation rights shall be counted against this limit as one (1)   share for every one (1) share granted, and any shares that are subject to awards other than options or stock appreciation rights shall be counted against this limit as 1.76   Shares for every one (1) share granted. After the Effective Date of the Plan, no awards may be granted under the 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan. 

All of the Company's equity compensation plans are approved by shareholders.

Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information on related party transactions and the policies and procedures for reviewing and approving related party transactions are contained under the caption "Transactions with Related Persons" within the "Board and Committee Oversight of Risk" section of the 2018 Proxy Statement and are incorporated herein by reference.

Information on director independence is contained under the caption "Director Independence" within the "Board of Directors and Corporate Governance" section of the 2018 Proxy Statement.

Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information required by this item is contained in the 2018 Proxy Statement under the caption "Report of the Audit Committee" and is incorporated herein by reference.

78


PART IV

Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)
See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are filed as part of this report.
(b)
Exhibits
Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 1992).
3.2
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated October 13, 1995 (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 1996).
3.3
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1998 (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1998).
3.4
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1999 (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1999).
Amended and Restated By-Laws dated as of September 2007
10.1
10.2
Agreement of the Lease dated as of July 14, 2014 between Hub Properties Trust as Landlord, an independent third party and John Wiley and Sons, Inc as Tenant (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2014).
10.3
2014 Director Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2014).
10.4
2014 Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2014).
10.5
Amended 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2014).
10.6
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as Amended and Restated effective as of January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010).
10.7
Amendments   A and B to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2010).
10.8
Resolution amending the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan to Cease Accruals and Freeze Participation effective June 30, 2013 (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2013)
10.9
Supplemental Benefit Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2009, including amendments through August 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended January 31, 2011).
10.10
Resolution amending the Supplemental Benefit (Retirement) Plan to Cease Accruals and Freeze Participation effective June 30, 2013   (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2013).
10.11
Deferred Compensation Plan as Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010).
10.12
Resolution amending the Deferred Compensation Plan effective July 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2013).
10.13
Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors' 2005 & After Compensation (incorporated by reference to the Report on Form 8-K, filed December 21, 2005).
Form of the Fiscal Year 2019 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan.
Form of the Fiscal Year 2019 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan.
Form of the Fiscal Year 2019 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan.
10.17
Form of the Fiscal Year 2018 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2017).
10.18
Form of the Fiscal Year 2018 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2017).
10.19
Form of the Fiscal Year 2018 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2017).
10.20
Form of the Fiscal Year 2017 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2016).
10.21
Form of the Fiscal Year 2017 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2016).
10.22
Form of the Fiscal Year 2017 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2016).
10.23
Senior Executive Employment Agreement to Arbitrate dated as of April 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003).
10.24
Senior Executive Non-competition and Non-Disclosure Agreement dated as of April 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003).
10.25
Senior Executive Employment Agreement dated as of April 15, 2015 between Mark Allin and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 8-K dated as of April 15, 2015).
10.26
Separation and Release Agreement, effective June 9, 2017, between Mark Allin, former President and Chief Executive Officer and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 31, 2017).
10.27
Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of May 20, 2013 between John A. Kritzmacher and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 8-K dated as of June 4, 2013).
10.28
Addendum to the Employment Agreement, effective June 26, 2017, between John A. Kritzmacher, and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 31, 2017).
10.29
Senior executive Employment Agreement letter dated as of March 15, 2004, between Gary M. Rinck and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2011).
10.30
Employment Letter dated May 11, 2017 between Matthew Kissner, Interim President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 31, 2017).
10.31
Employment Letter dated October 12, 2017 between Brian A. Napack, President and Chief Executive Officer, and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 31, 2017).
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
List of Subsidiaries of the Company.
Consent of KPMG LLP.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*
Filed herewith

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.
 
79

Schedule II
JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 2018, 2017, AND 2016
(Dollars in thousands)

Description
 
Balance at
Beginning of Period
   
Charged to
Expenses and Other
   
Deductions
From Reserves (2)
   
Balance at
End of Period
 
Year Ended April 30, 2018
                       
Allowance for Sales Returns (1)
 
$
24,300
   
$
(3,486
)
 
$
2,186
   
$
18,628
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
$
7,186
   
$
5,439
   
$
2,518
   
$
10,107
 
Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence
 
$
21,096
   
$
9,182
   
$
12,085
   
$
18,193
 
Year Ended April 30, 2017
                               
Allowance for Sales Returns (1)
 
$
19,861
   
$
53,482
   
$
49,043
   
$
24,300
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
$
7,254
   
$
2,913
   
$
2,981
   
$
7,186
 
Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence
 
$
21,968
   
$
9,538
   
$
10,410
   
$
21,096
 
Year Ended April 30, 2016
                               
Allowance for Sales Returns (1)
 
$
25,340
   
$
56,094
   
$
61,573
   
$
19,861
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
$
8,290
   
$
698
   
$
1,734
   
$
7,254
 
Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence
 
$
21,901
   
$
15,167
   
$
15,100
   
$
21,968
 

(1)
Allowance for Sales Returns represents anticipated returns net of a recovery of inventory and royalty costs. The provision is reported as a reduction of gross sales to arrive at revenue and the reserve balance is reported as a reduction of Accounts Receivable with a corresponding increase in Inventories and a reduction in Royalties Payable (See Note 2).
(2)
Deductions from reserves include foreign exchange translation adjustments, accounts written off, less recoveries and items removed from inventory.
80

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

   
JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.
 
   
(Company)
 
       
Dated:  June 29, 2018
By:
/s/ Brian A. Napack
 
   
Brian A. Napack
 
   
President and Chief Executive Officer
 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signatures
 
Titles
 
Dated
 
           
/s/ Brian A. Napack
 
President and Chief Executive Officer and
 
June 29, 2018
 
Brian A. Napack
 
Director
     
           
/s/ John A. Kritzmacher
 
Chief Financial Officer and
 
June 29, 2018
 
John A. Kritzmacher
 
Executive Vice President, Operations
     
           
/s/ Christopher F. Caridi
 
Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and
 
June 29, 2018
 
Christopher F. Caridi
 
Chief Accounting Officer
     
           
/s/ Matthew S. Kissner
 
Chairman of the Board
 
June 29, 2018
 
Matthew S. Kissner
         
           
/s/ Jesse C. Wiley
 
Manager, Business Development Client Solutions and
 
June 29, 2018
 
Jesse C. Wiley
 
Director
     
           
/s/ William J. Pesce
 
Director
 
June 29, 2018
 
William J. Pesce
         
           
/s/ William B. Plummer
 
Director
 
June 29, 2018
 
William B. Plummer
         
           
/s/ Mari J. Baker
 
Director
 
June 29, 2018
 
Mari J. Baker
         
           
/s/ David C. Dobson
 
Director
 
June 29, 2018
 
David C. Dobson
         
           
/s/ Raymond W. McDaniel, Jr.
 
Director
 
June 29, 2018
 
Raymond W. McDaniel, Jr.
         
           
/s/ George D. Bell
 
Director
 
June 29, 2018
 
George D. Bell
         
           
/s/ Laurie A. Leshin
 
Director
 
June 29, 2018
 
Laurie A. Leshin
         
           
/s/ William Pence
 
Director
 
June 29, 2018
 
William Pence
         

81

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
-of-
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

Under Section 807 of the Business Corporation Law
We, Charles R. Ellis and Richard S. Rudick, being respectively the President and the Secretary of John Wiley & Sons, Inc., hereby certify:
1.
The name of the Corporation is John Wiley & Sons, Inc. The corporation was formed under the name John Wiley & Sons.

2.
The Certificate of Incorporation was filed by the Department of State on the 15 th day of January 1904.

3.
The text of the Certification of Incorporation is hereby restated without further amendment or change to read as follows:

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.


FIRST:   The name of the Corporation shall be John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

SECOND:   The purpose for which the Corporation is to be formed are:

To publish, produce, buy, sell and otherwise deal in books, periodicals and publishable matter of every kind and nature, as well as films, strips, records, tapes and other means of transmitting information; to do everything necessary or incidental thereto and to the carrying on alone or in conjunction with others, of a general publishing business and all branches thereof.

To acquire, sell, or otherwise dispose of and to use, operate or otherwise turn to account real and personal property of every kind and description, including but not by way of limitation, shares of stock or other interests in other corporations, organizations and entities, whether engaged in similar or different lines of business and generally to engage in any other similar activity.

THIRD:   The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Sixteen Million (16,000,000) shares, consisting of Two Million (2,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock with a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share, Ten Million (10,000,000) shares of Class A Common Stock with a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per shear, and Four Million (4,000,000) shares of Class B Common Stock with a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share. The designations relative rights, preferences and limitations of each class of capital stock of the Corporation shall be as follows:

PART I .   The Preferred Stock .   The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors as shares of one or more services. Subject to limitations herein and the limitations prescribed by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized, prior to issuance of Preferred Stock of a particular series, to fix the number of shares in such series and the designation, relative rights, preferences, and limitations of such series and, if and to the extent from time to time required by law, to file a certificate pursuant to Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law of New York or any statute amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto, establishing or changing the number of shares to be included in such series and fixing the designation, relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of such series. Pursuant to the foregoing general authority vesting in it, but not in limitation thereof, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to determine with respect to the shares of each series of Preferred Stock:

1.
The number of shares to constitute such series and the distinctive designations thereof;

2.
The dividend rate to which shares of such series shall be entitled and the restrictions, limitations and conditions upon the payment of such dividends, whether dividends shall be cumulative, and the date or dates from which dividends (if cumulative) shall accumulate and the dates on which dividends (if declared) shall be payable;

3.
Whether or not the shares of such series shall be redeemable and, if so, the terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions with respect to such redemption, including without limitation the date or dates upon and after which such shares shall be redeemable, the manner of selecting shares for redemption if less than all shares are to be redeemed, and the amount the holders of shares of such series shall be entitled to receive upon the redemption thereof, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates;

4.
The rights of the shares of such series in the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation including without limitation the amount payable per shares of such series which amount may vary at different dates and may vary depending on whether such liquidation, dissolution or winding up is voluntary or involuntary.

5.
Whether or not the shares of such series shall be subject to the operation of a purchase, retirement or sinking fund and, if so, the terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions with respect thereto, including without limitation whether such purchase, retirement or sinking fund shall be cumulative or non-cumulative, the extent to and the manner in which such fund shall be applied to the purchase, retirement or redemption of the shares of such series for retirement or to other corporate purpose and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;

6.
Whether or not shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of stock of any other series of Preferred Stock or shares of Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common Stock and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, including the price or prices of the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the terms of adjustment, if any;

7.
The voting right, if any, of such series in addition to the voting rights provided by law provided, however, that the Board of Directors may not limit the rights of holders of Class A Common Stock set forth in paragraphs 3 (i) (a) and 3 (i) (d) of Part II hereof in determining the voting rights of any series of Preferred Stock; and

8.
Any other relative rights, preferences, limitation or restrictions of such series not inconsistent with law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

PART II .   The Common Stock    Subject to the relative rights, preferences and limitations of the Preferred Stock, the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common stock shall have and possess the following rights, preferences, and limitations appertaining to capital stock of the Corporation:

(1)
Dividends.    Subject to subparagraph (2), whenever a dividend is paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock, the Corporation also shall pay to the holders of Class A Common Stock a dividend per share at least equal to the dividend per share paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock. Subject to the subparagraph (2), the Corporation may pay dividends to holders of Class A Common Stock in excess of dividends paid, or without paying dividends to, holders of Class B Common Stock. Dividends shall be payable only out of earnings or assets of the Corporation legally available for the payment of such dividends and only as and when declared by the Board of Directors.

(2)
Share Distributions .   If at any time a distribution is to be paid in Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or any other securities of the Corporation, the same distribution shall be made with respect to each shares of Class A Common Stock and each share of Class B Common Stock, except one or more shares of Class A Common Stock may be distributed to each share of Class A Common Stock outstanding and the same number of shares of Class B Common Stock may be distributed to each share of Class B stock outstanding.


(3)
Voting    (i)  Voting power shall be divided between Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock as follows:

(a)
With respect to the election of directors, the holders of Class A Common Stock voting as a separate class shall be entitled to elect that number of directors that constitutes 30% of the authorized number of members of the Board of Directors (including for all purposes any number of the Board of Directors entitled to be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock authorized and issued after September 13, 1982 and, if 30% of the number of directors which constitutes  the members of the Board of Directors is not a whole number, the holders of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to elect the nearest higher whole number of directors that is at least 30% of such membership. Holders of Class B Common Stock voting as a separate class shall be entitled to elect the remaining directors (excluding such directors as the holders of Preferred Stock may be entitled to elect).

(b)
The holders of Class A Common Stock shall be entitle to votes as a separate class on the removal, with or without cause, of any director elected by the holders of the Class A Common Stock and the holders of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to vote as a separate class on the removal, with or without cause, of any director elected by the holder of Class B Common Stock.

(c)
In addition to the voting rights conferred in paragraphs (3) (i) (a), (3) (i) (b) and (3) (i) (d) hereof, the holders of the Class A Common Stock and the holders of the Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to vote as separate classes on such other matters as may be required by law or the requirement of any national securities exchange on which the Corporation's securities may be listed for trading to be submitted to such holders as separate classes.

(d)
Any vacancy in the office of a director elected by the holders of the Class A Common Stock may be filled by a vote of such holders, voting as a separate class, and any vacancy in the office of a director elected by the holders of the Class B Common Stock may be filled by a vote of such holders, voting as a separate class, or in the absence of a shareholder vote, in the case of a vacay in the office of a director elected by either class, such vacancy may be filled by the remaining directors elected by the particular class of Common Stock. Any director elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy shall serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or successor has been elected and qualified. To the extent permitted by the By-Laws or applicable law, the Board of Directors may increase the number of directors and any vacancy so created may be filled by the Board of Directors; provided that, so long as the holders of Class A Common Stock have the rights provided in paragraphs  (3) (i) (a) and (3) (i) (d) hereof as of the date of the last preceding annual meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may be so enlarged by the Board of Directors only to the extent that at least 30% (rounded up to the nearest highest whole number, as provided by paragraph (3) (i) (a) of the enlarged Board consists of directors elected by the holders of the Class A Common Stock or by persons approved to fill vacancies created by the death, resignation or removal of persons elected by the holders of the Class A Common Stock. The remaining directors of the enlarged Board shall be elected by the holders of the Class B Common Stock or the holder of Preferred Stock if they are so entitled or by persons approved to fill vacancies created by the death, resignation or dismissal of persons elected by the holders of the Class B Common Stock or the holders of Preferred Stock if they are so entitled.

(e)
The holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall, in all matters not specified in Sections (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this paragraph (3) (i), vote together as a single class; provided that the holders of Class A Common Stock shall have one-tenth (1/10) of one (1) vote per share and the holders of Class B Common Stock shall have one (1) vote per share.

(f) (i) If the number of issued and outstanding (therefore not counting treasury) shares of Class B Common Stock is less than 300,000 at any time, then the rights, preferences and limitations of the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall thereafter be identical and such holders shall vote as a single class upon all matters.

(f) (ii)  Except as expressly set forth in the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors creating any series of the Preferred Stock or when required by law the holders of any series of the Preferred Stock entitled to vote shall not vote separately as a class but shall vote on all matters as a single class, together with the holders of the Classes of Common Stock; provided, however, that in any such resolution creating any series of Preferred Stock after September 13, 1982, the Board of Directors may not limit the rights of the holders of Class A Common stock set forth in paragraph (3)(i)(a) and (3)(i)(d) hereof.

(4) Conversion.
(i) Each holder of record of Class B Common Stock may at any time or from time to time, in such holder's sole discretion and at such holder's option, convert any whole number of or all of such holder's Class B Common Stock into fully paid and non-assessable Class A Common Stock at the rate (subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided) of one (1) share of Class A Common Stock for each share of Class B Common Stock surrendered for conversion.  Any such conversion may be effected by any holder of Class B Common Stock surrendering such holder's certificate or certificates for the Class B Common Stock to be converted, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Class B Common Stock, together with a written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert all or a specified number of shares of Class B Common Stock and stating the name or names in which such holder desires the certificate for such Class A Common Stock to be issued.  Promptly thereafter, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder or such holder's nominee or nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid.  Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business at the date of such surrender, and the person or persons entitled to receive the Class A Common Stock issuable on such conversation shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such Class A Common Stock on that date.
(ii) In the event that prior to the occurrence of the event described in paragraph 3(i)(f) hereof, the Corporation shall declare and pay a distribution of securities of the Corporation respecting Class A Common Stock without declaring and paying a proportionate distribution of securities of the Corporation respecting Class B Common Stock, or Class A Common Stock is changed into, exchanged for, or reclassified into a different number of shares of outstanding securities of the Corporation, or any other corporation or entity, without such action being taken on a proportionate basis with respect to Class B Common Stock, whether such distribution, change, exchange, or reclassification occurs through a reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, merger, consolidation or otherwise, then the conversion rate specified above shall be appropriately and equitably adjusted to reflect such action.
(iii) No fraction of a share of Class A Common Stock shall be issued upon change of Common Stock into Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock or on conversion of any Class B Common Stock but, in lieu thereof, the Corporation shall pay in cash therefore the pro rata fair market value of any such fraction as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  Any such determination of fair market value shall be final and binding on the Corporation and on each holder of Class B Common Stock of Class A Common Stock.
FOURTH: The office of the Corporation shall be located in the City, County and State of New York, and the address to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of process in any action or proceeding against the Corporation which may be served upon him is 605 Third Avenue, New York, New York.
FIFTH: The Secretary of State is hereby designated as agent of the Corporation on whom process in any action or proceeding against it may be served.
SIXTH: No contract or other transaction between the Corporation and any other corporation shall be invalidated, vitiated or in any way affected by the fact that any one or more of the directors of the Corporation is or are interested in, or is a director or officer, or are directors or officers of such other corporation, and any director or directors, individually or jointly, may be a party or parties to, or may be interested in any contract or transaction of the Corporation or in which this Corporation is interested, and no contract, act or transaction of this Corporation with any person or persons, firm or corporation, shall be vitiated, invalidated or in any way affected by the fact that any director or directors of this Corporation is a party, or are parties to or are interested in such contract, act or transaction, or in any way connected with such person or persons, firm or corporation, and each and every person who may become a director of this Corporation is hereby relieved from any liability or obligation to account for profits which might otherwise arise by reason of the contracting with the Corporation for the benefit of himself or any other person or any firm, association or corporation in which he may be in any way interested, or by reason of the making of a contract by this Corporation with any other corporation in which such director may be in any way interested or of which he may be an officer or director.
SEVENTH: No holder of any share of stock of this Corporation shall, because of his ownership of stock, have a preemptive or other right to purchase, subscribe for or take any part of any stock of this Corporation issued, optioned or sold by it after its incorporation. Any part of the Capital Stock of this Corporation authorized by this Certificate of Incorporation may at any time be issued, optioned for sale, and sold or disposed of by this Corporation, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, to such persons and upon such terms and conditions as may, to such Board seem proper and advisable, without first offering the said stock or any part thereof to existing stockholders.
EIGHTH: A person who is or was a director of this Corporation shall under no circumstances have any personal liability to the Corporation or its shareholders for damages for any breach of duty in such capacity, except for those specific breaches resulting in liability for an act or omission with respect to which the New York Business Corporation Law expressly provides that this provision shall not eliminate or limit such personal liability of directors. Nothing in this Article shall directly or indirectly increase the liability of any such person based upon acts or omissions occurring before the adoption hereof.
4. The restatement of this Certificate of Incorporation herein certified was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have executed and subscribed this document, and do hereby affirm, under the penalties of perjury, that the statements contained therein have been examined by us and are true and correct this 1 st day of July 1992.

/s/ Charles R. Ellis
Charles R. Ellis, President

/s/ Richard S. Rudick
Richard S. Rudick, Secretary

 

 
Exhibit 3.5
 
By-Laws
AMENDED AND RESTATED – SEPTEMBER 20, 2007

John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Article I
Offices
Section 1.  Offices.  The principle office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Hoboken, County of Hudson and State of New Jersey. The Corporation may also have offices and places of business at such other places within or without the State of New York as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
Article II
Shareholders
Section 1.  Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be held on the third Thursday of September, in each year or, if a legal holiday, on the next business day, or (whether or not a legal holiday) on such other day in September as may be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the chairman, at which the shareholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting.
Section 2.  Special Meeting.  Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the chairman, and shall be called by the chairman or by the president at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors. Such request shall state the purpose of the proposed meeting.
Section 3.  Time and Place of Meeting.  Meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such time and place within or without the State of New Jersey as the Board of Directors may determine, or as shall be stated in the notices of the meeting.
Section 4.  Notice of Meeting.  Written notice of every meeting of shareholders, stating the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called and the place, date and hour of the meeting, and unless the notice pertains to the annual meeting, indicating that it is being issued by or at the direction of the persons calling the meeting, shall be given, personally or by mail, no less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be directed to the shareholder at the shareholder's address as it appears on the Corporation's record of shareholders, unless such shareholder shall have filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written request that notices be mailed to some other address, in which event the notice shall be directed to the shareholder at such other address. Notice of meeting need not be given to any shareholder who submits a waiver of notice, signed in person or by proxy, whether before or after the meeting. The attendance of any shareholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy, without protest as to the sufficiency of notice of such meeting, shall constitute a waiver by such shareholder of such notice.


Section 5.  Fixing Record Date.  For the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to or dissent from any proposal without a meeting, or for the purpose or determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any rights, or for the purpose of any other action, the Board of Directors shall fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders. Such date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action.
Section 6.  Quorum.  Except as otherwise prescribed by statute, the holders of a majority of the voting of shares of each class issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall be requisite to and shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of each item of business required to be voted on by a class voting as a class. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the holders of shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat of a majority of the votes accorded to holders of all shares, present in person or represented by proxy, shall be requisite to and shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transactions of any items of business not required to be voted on separately by a class.  If a quorum shall not be present or represented, the shareholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present and represented.  At such adjourned meetings at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.
Section 7.  Voting.  Except as otherwise prescribed by statute, each shareholder of record having the right to vote, in respect of each share of stock standing in that shareholder's name on the books of the Corporation, shall be entitled at every meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation to such voting rights as are specified in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation. Such voting rights may be exercised in person or by proxy, which may be submitted in writing, by telephone or via the Internet. All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the class of shares voting thereon, and, except as otherwise prescribed by statute, all other matters shall be determined by vote of the majority of votes cast by shareholders present or represented at such meeting and voting on such question.
Section 8.  Introduction of Business at an Annual Meeting of Shareholders.  Except as otherwise provided by law; at any meeting of shareholders only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. In order to be properly brought before the meeting, such business must have either been (a) specified in the written notice of the meeting (or any supplement thereto) given to shareholders of record on the record date for such meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (b) brought before the meeting at the direction of the Board of Directors or the presiding officer of the meeting, or (c) specified in a written notice given by or on behalf of a shareholder of record on the record date for such meeting entitled to vote thereat or a duly authorized proxy for such shareholder, provided that such shareholder continues to be a shareholder of record at the time of such meeting in accordance with all of the following requirements. A notice referred to in clause (c) hereof must be delivered personally, or mailed to and received at, the principal executive office of the Corporation, addressed to the attention of the secretary, not less than 120 calendar days in advance of the date in the then current year corresponding to the previous year's annual meeting of shareholders, except that if the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than 30 calendar days from any date contemplated at the time of the previous year's proxy statement, the notice must be received by the Corporation a reasonable time before such new date for the annual meeting of shareholders. Such notice referred to in clause (c) hereof shall set forth (i) a full description of each such item of business proposed to be brought before the meeting, (ii) the name and address of the person proposing to bring such business before the meeting, (iii) the class and number of shares held of record, held beneficially and represented by proxy by such person as of the record date for the meeting (if such date has then been made publicly available) and as of the date of such notice, (iv) if any item of such business involves a nomination for director, all information regarding each such nominee that would be required to be set forth in a definitive proxy statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or any successor thereto, and the written consent of each such nominee to serve if elected, and (v) if so requested by the Corporation, all other information that would be required to be filed with the SEC if, with respect to the business proposed to be brought before the meeting, the person proposing such business was a participant in a solicitation subject to Section 14 of the Exchange Act or any successor thereto. No business shall be brought before any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation otherwise than as provided in this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, unless otherwise required by law, the Board of Directors shall not be obligated to include information as to any nominee for director in any proxy statement or other communication sent to shareholders. The presiding officer of the meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that any proposed item of business was not brought before the meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting and the defective item of business shall be disregarded.
Article III
Board of Directors
Section 1.  Number of Directors; Election; Tenure.  The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall not be less than eight (8) nor more than sixteen (16) members. Within these limits the number of directors constituting the Board shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, or by the shareholders at an annual or special meeting. Except as otherwise hereinafter provided in the case of vacancies, the directors shall be elected by the shareholders at the annual meeting. The holders of Class A Common Stock voting as a separate class shall be entitled to elect that number of directors which constitutes 30% of the authorized number of members of the Board of Directors and, if 30% of the authorized number of directors is not a whole number, the holders of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to elect the nearest higher whole number of directors that is a least 30% of such membership. Holders of Class B Common Stock voting as a separate class shall be entitled to elect the remaining directors. Each director shall hold office until the election and qualification of his or her successor.
Section 2.  Qualification of Directors.  A director must be at least 18 years of age and not have attained age 70 on the first day of the month in which the annual meeting occurs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may in its discretion vote to nominate for election a person who by reason of having attained age 70 would otherwise cease to be qualified under this provision, if it deems that special circumstances justify such action.
Section 3.  Nomination of Directors.  Nominations for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at a meeting of the shareholders may be made only by the Board, or on behalf of the Board by any nominating committee appointed by the Board, or by any shareholder of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors of the class for which such nomination is submitted who complies with the notice procedures set forth in the By-laws.
Section 4.  Director Emeritus.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more former directors as director emeritus, which position shall be entirely honorary and shall not confer upon the director emeritus any of the powers, duties, rights or liabilities of a director.
Section 5.  Vacancies.  If any vacancy occurs in the Board of Directors by reason of the death, resignation, retirement, or removal from office of any director with or without cause, or if any new directorship is created, such vacancy shall be filled by the holders of the class of stock entitled to elect a director to fill such a vacancy or by a majority of the directors then in office of the class in which such a vacancy occurs, though less than a quorum, all in manner prescribed by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.
Section 6.  Regular Meetings of the Board.  The first regular meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held as soon as practicable after the annual meeting of the shareholders for the purpose of the election or appointment of officers and the transaction of other business. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall, from time to time, be determined by the Board.
Section 7.  Special Meetings; Notice.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or by the president at any time, and shall be called by the chairman, president, or secretary at the written request of two members of the Board. Notice of a special meeting shall be given to each director in writing either personally, by next day courier delivery service, by telegram at least two days prior to the meeting, or by mail at least four days prior to the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited properly stamped and addressed in the United States mail. If telegraphed or by next day delivery service, such notice shall be deemed given when delivered properly addressed to the telegraph or courier company. Notice of meeting need not be given to a director who submits a signed waiver of notice either before or after the meeting. The attendance of a director at a meeting without protest as to the sufficiency of notice of such meeting shall constitute a waiver by such director of such notice.
Section 8.  Quorum.  At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board shall be requisite to and shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present.
Section 9.  Executive Committee.  The Board of Directors may elect from among its members, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, an Executive Committee consisting of three or more members of the Board (at least one of whom shall be a director elected by the holders of Class A common shares). From among such committee members, the Board shall elect a chairman of such committee.
Section 10.  Duties of Executive Committee.  During the intervals between meetings of the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee shall, subject to any limitations imposed by law or the Board of Directors, possess and it may exercise all the powers of the Board of Directors in the management and direction of the Corporation in such manner as the Executive Committee shall deem best for the interests of the Corporation.
Section 11.  Other Committees.  The Board of Directors may also elect from among its members, by resolutions adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, such other committee or committees as the Board of Directors shall determine, each such committee to consist of at least three members of the Board. The Board shall elect a chairman of each such committee, shall fix the number and elect the other members thereof, and shall establish the duties and authority thereof, subject to such limitations as may be required by law.
Section 12.  Committee Vacancies.  The Board of Directors shall fill any vacancies on any committee established under this Article, with the objective of keeping the membership of each such committee at the authorized level.
Section 13.  Action by Committees.  All action by any committee of the Board of Directors shall be referred to the Board of Directors at its meeting next succeeding such action, and shall be subject to revision or alteration by the Board of Directors, provided that no rights or acts of third parties shall be affected by any such revision or alteration. Subject to such applicable resolutions as may be adopted by the Board, each committee shall fix its own rules of procedure as deemed appropriate, but in any case, except as the Board explicitly otherwise provides, the presence of a majority shall be necessary to constitute a quorum.
Section 14.  Action of the Board.  All corporate action taken by the Board of Directors or any committee thereof shall be taken at a meeting of such Board or committee, as the case may be, except that any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board or any committee may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent in writing to such action and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or committee. Any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. Except as otherwise provided with respect to the election of a director or as otherwise provided by law, the vote of a majority of all directors present at the time of the vote, voting together as a single class, if a quorum is present at such time, shall be the act of the Board or any committee.
Article IV
Officers
Section 1.  Officers.  The officers of the Corporation shall be a chairman, a president, one or more vice presidents (one or more of whom may be designated as executive, senior or other class of vice president or designated as chief operating officer, chief financial officer or chief accounting officer), a secretary, and a treasurer. There may also be such assistant vice presidents, assistant secretaries, and assistant treasurers, as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem advisable. The Board of Directors shall fix the authority and duties of the officers to the extent not provided herein. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person at the same time.
Section 2.  Election of Officers; Term of Office; Removal.  The officers shall be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board following the annual meeting of the shareholders, and shall hold office until their respective successors have been elected or appointed and have qualified. Any officer may be removed with or without cause at any time by the Board. If an office becomes vacant for any reason, the Board of Directors shall fill such vacancy.
Section 3.  Chairman.  The chairman shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors; shall provide leadership to the Board of Directors and advice and counsel to the president of the Corporation; and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.
Section 4.  President.  The president shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation; shall administer and implement the policies and decisions of the Corporation and see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect; shall have general and active management of the business and affairs of the Corporation subject to the control of the Board of Directors; and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. In the absence of the chairman, the president shall preside at meetings of shareholders and of the Board of Directors.
Section 5.  Vice Presidents.  In the absence or disability of the chairman and of the president, the vice presidents, in the order designated by the Board of Directors or in the absence of such designation, then in the order of their election, shall exercise the duties and have the powers of the chairman and of the president and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the chairman, the president, or by the Board of Directors.
Section 6.  Secretary.  The secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the shareholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings of the Board of Directors and of the shareholders in a book to be kept for that purpose; shall give or cause to be given notice of meetings of the Board of Directors and of the shareholders and shall have custody of the certificate books and shareholder records and such other books as the Board may direct; shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and, when authorized by the Board, shall affix it to any instrument requiring the corporate seal; and shall perform all other duties incident to the office of the secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, by the chairman, or by the president.
Section 7.  Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer.  The Board shall designate a chief financial officer and a chief accounting officer who may be a single officer or two officers and who may hold the office of treasurer (if chief financial officer) or controller (if chief accounting officer). The chief financial officer shall advise the Board and the officers regarding financial requirements of the Corporation and the financial impact of events affecting the Corporation or action proposed to be taken by the Corporation; shall have principal responsibility, subject to the authority of the Board and the president, for the development and implementation of financial planning for the Corporation and its subsidiaries, including matters pertaining to the capital and debt structure of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and the allocation of capital resources among the operations of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; shall have the right to require, from time to time, reports or statements giving such information as he or she may desire with respect to any and all financial transactions of the Corporation from the officers or agents transacting the same; and shall cause taxes and assessments to be paid and tax returns and reports to be prepared and filed as required by law.
The chief accounting officer shall make and keep, or cause to be made and kept under his or her authority, books, records, and accounts which, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Corporation; shall prepare or cause to be prepared under his or her authority financial statements and other reports of the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; shall issue and file such statements and render such reports when and in the form and manner required by law; shall advise the Board and the officers regarding accounting policies and procedures to be adopted or adhered to in the reporting of the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; shall be responsible for the development and implementation of internal accounting controls necessary and appropriate to the management of the operations and activities of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; shall prepare or cause to be prepared such financial forecasts as may be requested from time to time by the president or the Board of Directors and shall develop and supervise procedures facilitating the preparation of such forecasts; and shall exhibit at all reasonable times the books of account and other records caused by him or her to be kept to any of the directors upon application at the office of the Corporation where such books and records are kept.
The chief financial officer and the chief accounting officer shall also, in general, perform (or cause to be performed subject to their authority and direction) all duties incident to the offices and functions of chief financial officer and chief accounting officer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the president or the Board of Directors.
Section 8.  Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have charge and custody of, and be responsible for, all funds, securities, and notes of the Corporation; receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any sources whatsoever; deposit all such moneys in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies, and other depositories as shall be selected by the Board of Directors against proper vouchers, cause such funds to be disbursed by checks or drafts on the authorized depositories of the Corporation signed in such manner as shall be determined in accordance with resolutions of the Board of Directors and be responsible for the accuracy of the amounts of all moneys so disbursed; and in general, perform all duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the president, the chief financial officer, or the Board of Directors.
Section 9.  Divisional Officers.  The Board of Directors or the president may establish from time to time one or more divisions for the consolidation of all or part of the operations or administration of the Corporation and in connection therewith may appoint such officers and other agents of such divisions as the Board or the president may determine. Such divisional officers and agents as such shall not be deemed officers of the Corporation but shall have as between themselves and the Corporation such authority and perform such duties in the management of the division in which they are appointed as the Board may from time to time determine, and shall have such authority as between themselves and third parties to bind the Corporation in matters respecting the ordinary course of business of the division for which they are appointed, as would generally be incident to the offices to which they are appointed if such a division were a separate corporation wholly owned by the Corporation and such offices were held in such subsidiary.
Section 10.  Controller.  The Board of Directors or the chief financial officer may elect or appoint a controller. The controller shall have principal responsibility for implementation of accounting policies and procedures, including the preparation of financial statements and reports, under the supervisory authority of the chief accounting officer. The controller shall have such responsibilities in the areas of development and implementation of internal accounting controls and financial forecasting as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the president, the chief accounting officer, or the Board of Directors. The controller as such shall not be deemed an officer of the Corporation.
Section 11.  Assistant Officer.  Each assistant vice president, each assistant secretary and each assistant treasurer shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the appropriate executive officer, as the case may be.
Section 12.  Compensation.  The compensation of the chairman, the president, and the officers who report directly to the president shall be fixed by the Board of Directors. The compensation of other officers, division officers, assistant officers, if any, and of other employees shall be fixed by the appropriate officers.
Article V
Stock
Section 1.  Description.  The shares of this Corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertificated and held in book entry accounts.  Each registered holder of shares, upon request, shall be provided with a certificate of stock representing the number of shares owned by such holder The certificates of stock of this Corporation shall be consecutively numbered by class and shall be entered on books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall show the holder's name and the number of shares and shall be signed by the chairman of the board, the president, or a vice president, and countersigned by the secretary or treasurer, and shall have the seal of the Corporation, which may be a facsimile, affixed thereto. Whenever any certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, or registered by a registrar, other than the Corporation itself or an employee of the Corporation, the signatures of officers of the Corporation upon such certificate may be facsimiles. If an officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall no longer hold such office when the certificate is issued, the certificate may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the officer were still holding such office at the date of the issue.
Section 2.  Transfers of Stock.  Upon surrender to the Corporation or any transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, together with all necessary federal and state transfer tax stamps affixed thereto, it shall be the duty of the Corporation or such transfer agent to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction upon its books.  In the case of uncertificated shares, transfer shall be made upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of such uncertificated shares, or from an individual presenting proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer the stock.
Section 3.  Registered Shareholders.  The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person, registered on its books as the owner of shares, to receive dividends or other distributions, and vote as such owner and otherwise treat such person as the owner of such shares and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof except as expressly provided by the laws of the State of New York.
Section 4.  Lost Certificates.  The Board of Directors may direct the issuance of a new stock certificate in place of a certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation which is alleged to have been lost or destroyed. The person claiming such loss or destruction shall submit an affidavit of the fact in form satisfactory to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors, in its discretion and as condition precedent to the issuance of the new certificate, may require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or his legal representative to give the Corporation a suitable bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claims that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed and to satisfy such other reasonable conditions as it may impose.
Section 5.  Stock Regulations.  The Board of Directors shall have the authority to make all such further rules and regulations, not inconsistent with the laws of the State of New York, as it may deem expedient, concerning the issue, transfer, conversion, and registration of certificates representing shares of the Corporation, and may appoint one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars.
Article VI
General Provisions
Section 1.  Dividends.  Dividends upon the outstanding shares of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meetings in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and pursuant to applicable laws and may be paid in cash, or in property, or in shares of the Corporation.
Section 2.  Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the 1st day of May and end on the 30th day of April.
Section 3.  Corporate Seal.  The seal of the Corporation shall consist of a circular device, having inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the words "Corporate Seal New York" and the date "1904"; and shall otherwise be in such form as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced upon the instrument or writing to be sealed.
Article VII
Indemnification of Officers and Directors
Section 1.  General.  The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the New York Business Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, indemnify any director or officer of the Corporation or any wholly–owned subsidiary (or the personal representative of such director or officer) who is or was made or threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (including an action by or in the right of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or any other corporation, domestic or foreign, or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or, at the request of the Corporation, is or was serving such subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise as director, officer, trustee, or in any other capacity, against judgments, fines, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, excise tax or penalties, and costs, charges and expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred in connection with such action or proceeding or any appeal therein; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be provided to any such person if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such person establishes that (i) his or her acts (or those of the testator or intestate) were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or (ii) he or she (or the testator or intestate) personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he or she was not legally entitled; provided, further, that where applicable, payment of such indemnification shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 723 of the New York Business Corporation Law, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Section 2.  Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  The Corporation may indemnify any person to whom the Corporation is permitted to provide indemnification or the advancement of expenses by applicable law, whether pursuant to rights granted to, or provided by, the New York Business Corporation Law or other rights created by (i) a resolution of shareholders, (ii) a resolution of the Board of Directors, or (iii) an agreement providing for such indemnification. The rights conferred in this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other right of indemnification, or reimbursement or advancement of expenses which any person may have or hereafter acquire.
Section 3.  Expenses.  The Corporation shall, from time to time, reimburse or advance to any person referred to in Section 1 of this Article VII the funds necessary for payment of expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred in connection with any action or proceeding referred to in  Section 1, upon receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount(s) if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that (i) his or her acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or (ii) he or she personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he or she was not legally entitled.
Section 4.  Other Rights.  The right to be indemnified or to the reimbursement or advancement of expenses pursuant to this Article VII (i) is a contract right pursuant to which the person entitled thereto may bring suit as if the provision hereof were set forth in a separate written contract between the Corporation and the director or officer, (ii) is intended to be retroactive and shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption thereof and (iii) shall continue to exist after the rescission or restrictive modification of the provisions of this Article VII, with respect to events occurring prior thereto.
Section 5.  Insurance.  Subject to the provisions of Section 726 of the New York Business Corporation Law, the Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against any such expense, liability, or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability, or loss under the New York Business Corporation Law.
Section 6.  Service with Another Corporation or Employee Benefit Plan.  Any director or officer of the Corporation serving (i) another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its directors is held by the Corporation, or (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any corporation referred to in clause (i), in any capacity shall, unless and until otherwise expressly provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, be deemed to be doing so at the request of the Corporation.
Section 7.  Action to Enforce Right to Indemnification.  If a request to be indemnified or for the reimbursement or advancement of expenses pursuant hereto is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if entitled, also to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of or reimbursement or advancement of expenses to the claimant is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the claimant is not entitled to indemnification or to the reimbursement or advancement of expenses, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant is not so entitled.
Section 8.  Exclusive Remedy.  A person who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of a civil or criminal action or proceeding of the character described in Section 1 shall be entitled to indemnification only as provided in Sections 1 and 3, notwithstanding any provision of the New York Business Corporation Law to the contrary.
Section 9.  Separability.  If this Article VII or any portion hereby shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article VII that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
Article VIII
Amendments
Section 1.  Power to Amend.  The By-laws may be amended or repealed or new by-laws adopted from time to time by the shareholders or by the Board of Directors.



Exhibit 10.14
JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.
FY 2019 QUALIFIED EXECUTIVE LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
PLAN DOCUMENT
CONFIDENTIAL
May 1, 2018


CONTENTS

Section
Subject
Page
I.
Definitions
2
II.
Plan Objectives
3
III.
Eligibility
3
IV.
Performance Targets and Measurement
4
V.
Performance Evaluation
4
VI.
Performance Share Units Award Provisions
5
VII.
Restricted Share Units
6
VIII.
Payouts
6
 IX. Administration and Other Matters   7



I.   DEFINITIONS
Following are definitions for words and phrases used in this document.  Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, these words and phrases are considered to be defined terms and appear in this document in italicized print:
award  The award made to a participant under this plan in connection with the attainment of specified performance levels for the plan period as specified in the participant's award   summary.
business criteria   An indicator of financial performance, chosen from the business criteria listed in Section 10.2 of the shareholder plan . The following business criteria are used in this plan:
cumulative free cash flow   Reported "Cash provided by operating activities" less "Additions to technology, property and equipment" and "Product development spending" in the Company's  Statement of Cash Flows for the three-year plan period
cumulative EPS   Reported Earnings per share, calculated consistently using the methodology for the Company's reported diluted earnings per share in its Statement of Income for the three-year plan period
business unit The Company , a business or subsidiary of the Company , or a global unit of the Company .
Company   John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Executive Compensation and Development Committee (Committee) The committee of the Company's Board of Directors responsible for the review and approval of executive compensation.
financial goal   A targeted level of attainment of a given business criteria .
financial results   The published, audited financial results of the Company.
participant   An employee of the Company selected to participate in the plan .
performance levels
threshold   The minimum acceptable level of achievement of a financial goal in order to earn a payout, expressed as a percentage of target e.g., 90% of target ).
target     Achievement of the assigned financial goal- 100%.
outstanding   superior achievement of a financial goal, earning the maximum payout , expressed as a   percentage of target (e.g., 110% of target ).
performance share unit   The contingent right given by the Company to a participant to receive a share of stock issued pursuant to this plan and the shareholder plan that is subject to forfeiture.  In the shareholder plan , such stock is referred to as "Performance-Based Stock."
performance target   A participant's objective to achieve specific financial goals for assigned business criteria in the plan period , as approved by the Committee .  A performance target comprises all of the financial goals for the business criteria in a business unit.
plan    This FY 2019 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan.
plan-end adjusted performance share unit   award    The number of performance share units earned by a participant at the end of the plan period after adjustments, if any, are made, as set forth in Sections V and VIII.
plan period    The three year period from May 1, 2018 to April 30, 2021, or a portion of this period, at the discretion of the Committee .
restricted share unit   The contingent right given by the Company to a participant to receive a share of stock issued pursuant to this plan and the shareholder plan that is subject to forfeiture.  In the shareholder plan , such stock is referred to as "Restricted Stock."
shareholder plan    The John Wiley & Sons, Inc.  2014 Key Employee Stock Plan.
stock    Class A Common Stock (par value $1 per share) of the Company .
target incentive   The targeted number of performance share units that a participant is eligible to receive if 100% of his/her/her applicable performance targets are achieved and the participant remains employed by the Company through the June 30, 2021 vesting date, except as otherwise provided in Section VIII.
II.   PLAN OBJECTIVES
The plan is intended to provide the officers and other key colleagues of the Company and of its subsidiaries, affiliates and certain joint venture companies, upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company depends for its growth and for the profitable conduct of its business, with additional incentive to promote the success of the Company.
III.   ELIGIBILITY
A participant is selected by the President and CEO and recommended for participation to the Committee , which has sole discretion for determining eligibility, from among those colleagues in key management positions deemed able to make the most significant contributions to the growth and profitability of the Company .  The President and CEO of the Company is a participant .
IV.   PERFORMANCE TARGETS AND MEASUREMENT
The President and CEO recommends and the Committee adopts, in its sole discretion, performance targets and performance levels for each participant , not later than 90 days from the commencement of the plan period .  No performance target or performance level may be modified after 90 days from the commencement of the plan period .
A.
Performance targets , comprising one or more financial goals , are defined   for each business unit .   Each financial goal is assigned a weight, such that the sum of the weights of all financial goals for a business unit equals 100%.
B.
Each participant is assigned performance targets for one or more business units, based on the participant's position, responsibilities, and his/her ability to affect the results of the assigned business unit . For each participant , each business unit is assigned a weight , such that the sum of the weights of all business units for a participant equals 100% . Collectively, all business unit performance targets constitute the participant's plan period objectives.
C.
Each financial goal is assigned performance levels (threshold, target and outstanding).
V.   PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
A.
Financial Results
1.
At the end of the plan period, the financial results for each business unit are compared with that unit's financial goals to determine the payout for each participant .
2.
In determining the attainment of financial goals , the impact of  any of the events (1) through (9) listed in Section 10.2 of the shareholder plan   will   be excluded from the financial results for any affected business unit.
3.
Award Determination
·
Achievement of threshold performance of at least one financial goal of a performance target is necessary for a participant to receive a payout for that performance target .
·
The unweighted   payout factor for each financial goal is determined as follows:
1.
For performance below the threshold level, the   payout factor is zero.
2.
For performance at the threshold level, the payout factor is 50%.
3.
For performance between the threshold and target levels, the payout factor is between 50% and 100%, determined on a pro-rata basis.
4.
For performance at the target level, the payout factor is 100%.
5.
For performance between the target and outstanding levels, the payout factor is between 100% and 150%, determined on a pro-rata basis.
6.
For performance at or above the outstanding level, the payout factor is 150%.
·
A participant's plan-end adjusted performance share unit award is determined as follows:
7.
Each financial goal's unweighted   payout factor determined above times the weighting of that financial goal equals the weighted   payout factor   for   that financial goal
8.
The sum of the weighted   payout factor s for a business unit's   financial goals equals the   payout factor for that performance target.
9.
The participant's target incentive
times
the business unit weight
times
the performance target payout factor
equals
the participant's payout   for that business unit
10.
The sum of the payouts for all the business units assigned to a participant equals the participant's total plan-end adjusted performance share unit award .
·
The Committee may, in its sole discretion, reduce a participant 's payout to any level it deems appropriate.

VI.   PERFORMANCE SHARE UNITS AWARD PROVISIONS
A.
Performance share units , equal to 60% of a participant 's target incentive,   shall be determined at the beginning of the plan period.
B.
The plan-end adjusted performance share unit award will be compared to the performance share units targeted at the beginning of the plan period , and the appropriate amount of performance share units will be awarded or forfeited, as required, to bring the performance share units award to the number of shares designated as the plan-end   adjusted performance share unit award .
VII.   RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS
The participant may be granted restricted share units pursuant to the shareholder plan at the beginning of the plan period , representing another incentive vehicle by which the participant is able to share in the long-term growth of the Company . The terms and conditions of the restricted share unit award are contained in the shareholder plan and in the restricted share unit award grant agreement.
VIII.   PAYOUTS
A.
Normal Payout Plan-end adjusted performance share units awards will be made within 2-1/2 months after the end of the plan period.
B.
Resignation or Termination with or without Cause .  Except as otherwise provided in this Section VIII or in a written agreement approved by the Committee , a participant who resigns, or whose employment is terminated by the Company , with or without cause before the award is vested, will forfeit the right to receive an award .
C.
Death or Disability .  Solely to the extent provided by the Committee in the award summary or in a written agreement, in the event of a participant's death or disability while in employment prior to the end of the plan period , the participant (or, in the event of death, his or her estate) will receive a prorated plan-end adjusted performance share unit award which shall be paid out in shares based upon actual performance upon the conclusion of the plan period, within 2-1/2 months after the end of the plan period. "Disability" for this purpose will be determined by the Committee under a definition permitted under Code Section 409A.
D.
Retirement .  Except as otherwise provided in this Section VIII or in a written agreement approved by the Committee , in the event of a participant's retirement as that term is defined in the shareholder plan, prior to the end of the plan period , the participant will receive a prorated plan-end adjusted performance share unit award (as determined by the Committee ) which shall be paid out in shares based upon actual performance upon the conclusion of the plan period , within 2-1/2 months after the end of the plan period.
E.
Change of Control .  In the event of a Change of Control, as that term is defined in the shareholder plan , in cases where:
·
the acquiring company is not publicly traded, or
·
where the acquiring company is publicly traded and the company does not assume or replace the outstanding equity, or
·
participant's employment is terminated due to a "without cause termination" or "constructive discharge" within twenty-four months following a change of control,
all then outstanding " target " performance share unit s shall immediately become fully vested, and all plan-end adjusted performance share unit awards that are not yet vested shall immediately become fully vested.
F.
Performance Share Units Earned for Completed Plan Periods .  In the event of the participant's death, Disability, or retirement as that term is defined in the shareholder plan or performance share unit grant agreement, following the end of the plan period but prior to full vesting of the plan-end adjusted performance share unit awards , such performance share units shall immediately become fully vested.
G.
Change in Position .  A participant who is hired or promoted into an eligible position during the plan period may receive a prorated plan-end adjusted performance share unit award as determined by the Committee , in its sole discretion.

IX.   ADMINISTRATION AND OTHER MATTERS
A.
The plan will be administered by the Committee , which shall have authority in its sole discretion to interpret and administer this plan , including, without limitation, all questions regarding eligibility and status of any participant , and no participant shall have any right to receive a payout or payment of any kind whatsoever, except as determined by the Committee hereunder.
B.
The Company will have no obligation to reserve or otherwise fund in advance any amount which may become payable under the plan .
C.
In the event that the Company is required to file a restatement of its financial results due to fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct by one or more employees and/or material non-compliance with Securities laws, the Company will cancel the unvested performance share units previously granted to all participants in the amount by which such shares exceeded any lower number of shares that would have been earned based on the restated financial results, for the plan cycle in which the restatement was required, and if applicable, any gain associated with the award for that plan cycle will be repaid to the Company by the participant in the amount by which such gain exceeded any lower gain that would have been made based on the restated financial results, to the full extent required or permitted by law.  This provision extends beyond the clawback requirements under Sarbanes-Oxley that are limited to our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.
If a participant is directly responsible for or involved in fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct that causes the Company to file a restatement of its financial results, the Company will cancel the unvested performance share units previously granted to such participant , for the plan cycle in which the restatement was required, and if applicable, any gain associated with the award for that plan cycle will be repaid to the Company by the participant , to the full extent required or permitted by law. 

D.
This plan may not be modified or amended except with the approval of the Committee , in accordance with the provisions of the shareholder plan.
E.
In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this plan and the provisions of the shareholder plan , the provisions of the shareholder plan shall apply.
F.
No awards of any type under this plan shall be considered as compensation for purposes of defining compensation for retirement, savings or supplemental executive retirement plans, or any other benefit.

Exhibit 10.15




JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.


FY 2019 QUALIFIED EXECUTIVE ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN


PLAN DOCUMENT





CONFIDENTIAL










MAY 1, 2018











CONTENTS

Section
Subject
Page
I.
Definitions
2
       II. Plan Objectives 3
III.
Eligibility
3
IV.
Performance Targets and Measurement
3
V.
Performance Evaluation
4
VI.
Payouts
5
       VII. Administration and Other Matters 5



I.
DEFINITIONS

Following are definitions for words and phrases used in this document.  Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, these words and phrases are considered to be defined terms and appear in this document in italicized print:
base salary    A participant's   base salary as of July 1, 2018, or the date of hire or promotion into the plan , if later, adjusted for any amount of time the participant may not be in the plan for reasons of hire, death, disability, retirement and/or termination.
business criteria   An indicator of financial performance, chosen from the business criteria listed in Section  4(b)(ii) of the shareholder plan . The following business criteria are used in this plan:
operating income (corporate) Net revenue less cost of sales, amortization of intangibles and operating and administrative expenses, calculated consistently with the Company's adjusted results reported publicly
contribution to profit  (CTP) (business) Net revenue less cost of sales, direct expenses and allocated shared service costs, calculated consistently with the Company's adjusted segment results reported publicly
revenue  (business and corporate) Gross annual revenue , net of provision for returns, cancellations, etc., in a manner consistent with amounts reported for the Company's segment and total results
business unit The Company , a business or subsidiary of the Company , or a global unit of the Company .
Company     John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Executive Compensation and Development Committee (Committee) The committee of the Company's Board of Directors responsible for the review and approval of executive compensation.
financial goal    A targeted level of attainment of a given business criteria .
financial results   The published, audited financial results of the Company and the business financial results derived therefrom.
participant    An employeeof the Company selected to participate in the plan .
payout     Actual gross dollar amount paid to a participant under the plan , if any, for achievement of assigned performance targets , as further discussed in this plan .
performance levels
threshold    The minimum acceptable level of achievement of a financial goal in order to earn a payout, expressed as a percentage of target ( e.g., 95% of target ).
target     Achievement of the assigned financial goal- 100%.
outstanding     Superior achievement of a financial goal, earning the maximum payout, expressed as a percentage of target (e.g., 105% of target).
Performance target     A participant's objective to achieve specific financial goals for assigned business criteria in the plan year , as approved by the Committee .  A performance target comprises all of the financial goals for the business criteria in a business unit.
plan     This FY 2019 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan.
plan year  The twelve-month period from May 1, 2018 to April 30, 2019, or a portion of this period, at the discretion of the Committee.
shareholder plan   The Company 's 2014 Executive Annual Incentive Plan.
target incentive amount    The amount that a participant is eligible to receive if he/she achieves 100% of his/her performance targets for a business unit. The sum of the target incentive amounts for all business units assigned to a participant is the total target incentive amount.
target incentive percent    The percent applied to the participant's total annual incentive opportunity to determine the target incentive amount for this plan . Generally, for the plan year 2019, the target incentive percent for this plan is 75%.
total annual incentive opportunity   The total target amount that   a participant is eligible to receive from all annual incentive plans, including this plan .

II.
PLAN OBJECTIVES

The plan is intended to provide the officers and other key colleagues of the Company and of its subsidiaries, affiliates and certain joint venture companies, upon whose judgement, initiative and efforts the Company depends for its growth and for the profitable conduct of its business, with additional incentive to promote the success of the Company.

III.
ELIGIBILITY

A participant is selected by the President & CEO and recommended for participation to the Committee , which has sole discretion for determining eligibility, from among those colleagues in key management positions deemed able to make the most significant contributions to the growth and profitability of the Company .  The President and CEO of the Company is a participant .

IV.
PERFORMANCE TARGETS AND MEASUREMENT

The CEO recommends and the Committee adopts, in its sole discretion, performance targets and performance levels for each participant, not later than 90 days from the commencement of the plan year .  No performance target or performance level may be modified after 90 days from the commencement of the plan year .

A.
Performance targets, comprising one or more financial goals, are defined for each business unit .  Each financial goal is assigned a weight, such that the sum of the weights of all financial goals for a business unit equals 100%.

B.
Each participant is assigned performance targets for one or more business units , based on the participant's position, responsibilities, and his/her ability to affect the results of the assigned business unit . For each participant , each business unit is assigned a weight , such that the sum of the weights of all business units for a participant equals 100% . Collectively, all business unit performance targets constitute the participant's plan year objectives.

C.
Each financial goal is assigned performance levels ( threshold , target and outstanding ).


V.
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

A.
Financial Results
1.
At the end of the plan year, the financial results for each business unit are compared with that unit's financial goals to determine the payout for each participant .
2.
In determining the attainment of financial goal s,
a.
the impact of foreign exchange gains or losses will be excluded.
b.
the impact of any of the events (1) through (9) listed in Section 4(b)(ii) of the shareholder plan will be excluded from the financial results of any affected business unit.
3.
Award Determination
a.
Achievement of threshold performance of at least one financial goal of a performance target is necessary for a participant to receive a payout for that performance target .
b.
The unweighted   payout factor for each financial goal is determined as follows:
1.
For performance below the threshold level, the   payout factor is zero.
2.
For performance at the threshold level, the payout factor is 50%.
3.
For performance between the threshold and target levels, the payout factor is between 50% and 100%, determined on a pro-rata basis.
4.
For performance at the target level, the   payout factor is 100%.
5.
For performance between the target and outstanding levels, the   payout factor is between 100% and 150%, determined on a pro-rata basis.
6.
For   performance at or above the outstanding level, the payout factor is 150%.

c.
A participant's payout is determined as follows:
1.
Each financial goal's unweighted   payout factor determined above times the weighting of that financial goal equals the weighted   payout factor   for   that financial goal.
2.
The sum of the weighted   payout factors   for a business unit 's financial goals equals the   payout factor for that performance target.
3.
The participant's total annual incentive opportunity
  times
the participant's target incentive percent
  times
the business   unit weight
times
the performance target payout factor
 equals
the participant's payout for that business unit
4.
The sum of the payouts for all the business units assigned to a participant equals the participant's total payout.
d.
If the payout for the Company is higher than the payout for the other business units , the payout for the Company will be reduced to the level of the highest business unit   payout .
e.
The Committee may, in its sole discretion, reduce a participant 's payout to any level it deems appropriate.


VI.     PAYOUTS

A.
Payouts will be made within 90 days after the end of the plan year.

B.
In the event of a participant's death, disability, retirement or leave of absence prior to the payout for the plan year , the payout , if any, will be determined by the Committee.  Any such payout will be calculated as noted in Section V.
C.
A participant who resigns, or whose employment is terminated by the Company , with or without cause, before the payout for the plan year , will not receive a payout .  Exceptions to this provision shall be made with the approval of the Committee , in its sole discretion.

D.
A participant who is hired or promoted into an eligible position during the plan year may receive a prorated payout as determined by the Committee , in its sole discretion.

VII.      ADMINISTRATION AND OTHER MATTERS

A.
The plan will be administered by the Committee , which shall have authority in its sole discretion to interpret and administer this plan , including, without limitation, all questions regarding eligibility and status of any participant , and no participant shall have any right to receive a payout or payment of any kind whatsoever, except as determined by the Committee hereunder.

B.
The Company will have no obligation to reserve or otherwise fund in advance any amount which may become payable under the plan .

C.
In the event that the Company is required to file a restatement of its financial results due to fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct by one or more employees, and/or material non-compliance with Securities laws, the Company will require reimbursement of any annual incentive compensation awarded to all participants in the amount by which such compensation exceeded any lower payment that would have been made based on the restated financial results , for the fiscal year in which the restatement was required, to the full extent required or permitted by law. 

If a participant is directly responsible for or involved in fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct that causes the Company to file a restatement of its financial results, the Company will require reimbursement of all annual incentive compensation awarded to such participant , for the fiscal year in which the restatement was required, to the full extent required or permitted by law.

D.
This plan may not be modified or amended except with the approval of the Committee, in accordance with the provisions of the shareholder plan.

E.
In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this plan and the provisions of the shareholder plan , the provisions of the shareholder plan shall apply.



 

Exhibit 10.16





JOHN  WILEY  &  SONS,  INC.


FY 2019  EXECUTIVE  ANNUAL  STRATEGIC  MILESTONES  INCENTIVE  PLAN


ADMINISTRATIVE  DOCUMENT







CONFIDENTIAL








MAY 1, 2018











CONTENTS



Section
Subject
Page
I.
Definitions
2
II.
Plan Objectives
4
III.
Eligibility
4
IV.
Performance Objectives and Measurement
4
V.
Performance Evaluation
4
VI.
Payouts
5
VII.
Administration and Other Matters
6




   I.   DEFINITIONS

Following are definitions for words and phrases used in this document.  Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, these words and phrases are considered to be defined terms and appear in this document in italicized print:
achievement level
threshold    The minimum acceptable level of achievement of strategic milestones .  If threshold performance is achieved against all strategic milestones , a participant may earn 50% of the target incentive amount for which he/she is eligible.
target     Achievement in aggregate of target strategic milestones .  Each individual strategic milestone is set at a level that is both challenging and achievable.  If target performance is achieved against all strategic milestones , a participant may earn 100% of the target incentive amount for which he/she is eligible.
outstanding     Superior achievement of strategic milestones , both in quality and scope, with limited time and resources.  If outstanding performance is achieved against strategic milestones , the maximum amount a participant may earn is 150% of the target incentive amount for which he/she is eligible.
base salary    The participant's   base salary as of July 1, 2018, or the date of hire or promotion into the plan , if later, adjusted for any amount of time the participant may not be in the plan for reasons of hire, death, disability, retirement and/or termination.
Company     John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Executive Compensation and Development Committee (Committee) The committee of the Company's Board of Directors responsible for the review and approval of executive compensation.
participant    An employeeof the Company   selected to participate in the plan .
payout     Actual gross dollar amount paid to a participant under the plan , if any, for achievement of strategic milestones , as further discussed in this plan .
payout factor    Percentage of strategic milestones deemed achieved, applied to the target incentive amount , used to determine the payout for which a participant is eligible.
plan     The Company's Fiscal Year 2019 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan described in this document and any written amendments to this document.
plan year    The twelve month period from May 1, 2018 to April 30, 2019, or a portion of this period, at the discretion of the Committee .
strategic milestone    A participant's objective to achieve specific results for FY 2019, including interim revised strategic milestones , if any, as approved and communicated in writing, as described in Sections IV and V below.  Strategic milestones are leading indicators of performance.
target incentive amount    The amount, if any, that a participant is eligible to receive if he/she achieves 100% of his/her strategic milestones .
target incentive percent    The percent applied to the participant's total annual incentive opportunity to determine the target incentive amount for this plan . Generally, for the plan year 2019, the target incentive percent for this plan is 25%.
total annual incentive opportunity   The total target amount a participant is eligible to receive from all annual incentive plans, including this plan .

II.   PLAN OBJECTIVES

The purpose of the FY 2019 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan is to enable the Company to reinforce and sustain a performance-driven culture, reward significant contributions to the success of Wiley, and attract and retain highly qualified executives.

III.   ELIGIBILITY

A participant is selected by the President and CEO and recommended for participation to the Committee, which has sole discretion for determining eligibility, from among those employees in key management positions deemed able to make the most significant contributions to the growth and profitability of the Company .  The President and CEO of the Company is a participant .

IV.   PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES AND MEASUREMENT

A.
Strategic milestones are quantitative and qualitative individual objectives over which the participant has a large measure of control, which lead to, or are expected to lead to, improved performance for the Company in the future.  Strategic milestones are determined near the beginning of the plan year by the participant , and approved by President and CEO or the participant's manager, if the President and CEO is not the participant's manager.

B.
The strategic milestones for the President and CEO are reviewed and approved by the Committee.

C.
The strategic milestones for the President and CEO should be appropriately reflected in those of all other employees at all levels.  Each participant collaborates with his/her manager in setting strategic milestones .  The strategic milestones may be revised during the plan year , as appropriate.

D.
The determination of strategic milestones includes defining a target level of performance and the measure of such, and may include defining threshold and outstanding levels of performance and the measures of such.

V.   PERFORMANCE EVALUATION


A.
Achievement of a participant's strategic milestones will be determined at the end of the plan year by comparing results achieved to previously set objectives.

B.
The President and CEO will recommend for each participant an achievement level and a payout factor between 0 and 150% for achievement of all strategic milestones, by comparing results achieved to the previously set objectives.  In determining the payout factor , the overall performance on all strategic milestones will be considered.  The Committee will approve the payout factor and payout for all participants .

 C.   Award Determination


STRATEGIC MILESTONES PAYOUT AMOUNT

total annual incentive opportunity X target incentive percent X payout factor

Strategic Milestones   Payout


1.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the maximum payout , if any, a participant may receive is 150% of the target incentive amount .

2.
The foregoing strategic milestones   payout calculation is intended to set forth general guidelines on how awards are to be determined.  The purpose of this plan is to motivate the participant to perform in an outstanding manner.  The President and CEO has discretion under this plan to take into consideration the contribution of the participant , the participant's management of his/her organizational unit and other relevant factors, positive or negative, which impact the Company's , the participant's organizational unit(s), and the participant's performance overall in determining whether to recommend granting or denying an award, and the amount of the award, if any.  If the participant is the President and CEO, such discretion is exercised by the Committee .

VI.   PAYOUTS

A.
Payout s will be made within 90 days after the end of the plan year.

B.
In the event of a participant's death, disability, retirement or leave of absence prior to the payout for the plan year , the payout , if any, will be recommended by the President and CEO to the Committee which shall have sole authority for approval of the payout.

C.
A participant who resigns, or whose employment is terminated by the Company , with or without cause, before payout for the plan year , will not receive a payout .  Exceptions to this provision shall be made with the approval of the Committee , in its sole discretion.

D.
A participant who transfers between businesses of the company , will have his/her payout prorated to the nearest fiscal quarter for the time spent in each business, based on the achievement of strategic milestones established for the position in each business, and based upon a judgment of the participant's contribution to the achievement of goals in each position, including interim revisions, if appropriate.

E.
A participant who is appointed to a position with a different target incentive percent will have his/her payout prorated to the nearest fiscal quarter for the time spent in each position, based on the achievement of strategic milestones established for each position.

F.
A participant who is hired or promoted into an eligible position during the plan year may receive a prorated payout as determined by the President and CEO, in his/her sole discretion, subject to the approval of the Committee .

VII.   ADMINISTRATION AND OTHER MATTERS

A.
The plan is effective for the plan year .  It will terminate, subject to payout , if any, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this plan.

B.
This plan will be administered by the President and CEO, who will have authority to interpret and administer this plan , including, without limitation, all questions regarding eligibility and status of the participant , subject to the approval of the Committee .

C.
In the event that the Company is required to file a restatement of its financial results due to fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct by one or more employees, and/or material non-compliance with Securities laws, the Company will require reimbursement of any annual incentive compensation awarded to all participants in the amount by which such compensation exceeded any lower payment that would have been made based on the restated financial results, for the fiscal year in which the restatement was required, to the full extent required or permitted by law. 

If a participant is directly responsible for or involved in fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct that causes the Company to file a restatement of its financial results, the Company will require reimbursement of all annual incentive compensation awarded to such participant , for the fiscal year in which the restatement was required, to the full extent required or permitted by law.

D.
This plan may be withdrawn, amended or modified at any time, for any reason, in writing, by the Company.

E.
The determination of an award and payout under this plan , if any, is subject to the approval of the President and CEO and the Committee .  This plan does not confer upon any participant the right to receive any payout , or payment of any kind whatsoever.

F.
No participant shall have any vested rights under this plan .  This plan does not constitute a contract.

G.
All deductions and other withholdings required by law shall be made to the participant's   payout , if any.




Exhibit 12.1

The historical ratios below were prepared on a consolidated basis using amounts calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and, therefore, reflect all consolidated net earnings and fixed charges.

The ratio of earnings to fixed charges was determined by dividing earnings available to cover fixed charges by total fixed charges. Earnings available to cover fixed charges consist of: (i) income before taxes and (ii) fixed charges, exclusive of capitalized interest. Total fixed charges consist of: (i) interest expense, which includes amortized premiums, discounts, and capitalized expenses related to debt issuances, (ii) capitalized interest, and (iii) an estimate of interest within rental expense.  As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, no shares of our preferred stock were issued and outstanding.

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

   
Year Ended April 30,
 
   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
(In thousands)
                             
Earnings available to covered fixed charges:
                             
Income before taxes
 
$
213,931
   
$
191,116
   
$
174,793
   
$
225,461
   
$
195,534
 
Total fixed charges
   
23,653
     
28,641
     
28,985
     
30,194
     
27,423
 
Amortization of capitalized interest
   
     
     
     
     
 
Capitalized interest
   
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings available to cover fixed charges
 
$
237,584
   
$
219,757
   
$
203,778
   
$
255,655
   
$
222,957
 
                                         
Fixed charges:
                                       
Interest expense
 
$
13,274
   
$
16,938
   
$
16,707
   
$
17,077
   
$
13,916
 
Capitalized interest
   
     
     
     
     
 
Interest component of rental expense (1)
   
10,379
     
11,703
     
12,278
     
13,117
     
13,507
 
Total fixed charges
 
$
23,653
   
$
28,641
   
$
28,985
   
$
30,194
   
$
27,423
 
                                         
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
   
10.0
x
   
7.7
x
   
7.0
x
   
8.5
x
   
8.1
x

(1)
The interest component of rental expense has been determined to be approximately 33% of rental expense.


Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. (1)
As of April 30, 2018
   
 
Jurisdiction In Which Incorporated
   
John Wiley & Sons International Rights, Inc.
Delaware
Wiley edu, LLC
Delaware
Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Delaware
Wiley Publishing Services, Inc.
Delaware
Wiley Subscription Services, Inc.
Delaware
Inscape Publishing LLC
Delaware
Profiles International, LLC
Texas
Atypon Systems LLC
Delaware
Atypon Systems Ltd UK
United Kingdom
Wiley India Private Ltd.
India
Wiley APAC Services LLP
India
WWL LLC
Delaware
John Wiley & Sons Rus LLC
Russia
John Wiley & Sons UK LLP
United Kingdom
John Wiley & Sons UK 2 LLP
United Kingdom
Wiley Japan KK
Japan
Wiley Europe Investment Holdings, Ltd.
United Kingdom
Wiley U.K. (Unlimited Co.)
United Kingdom
Wiley Europe Ltd.
United Kingdom
John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
United Kingdom
John Wiley & Sons Singapore Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
John Wiley & Sons Commercial Service (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
China
J Wiley Ltd.
United Kingdom
John Wiley & Sons GmbH
Germany
Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA
Germany
CrossKnowledge Group Limited
United Kingdom
E-Learning SAS
France
Wiley Heyden Ltd.
United Kingdom
Wiley Distribution Services Ltd.
United Kingdom
Blackwell Publishing (Holdings) Ltd.
United Kingdom
Blackwell Science Ltd.
United Kingdom
Blackwell Science (Overseas Holdings)
United Kingdom
John Wiley & Sons A/S
Denmark
Wiley Publishing Japan KK
Japan
Blackwell Publishing (HK) Ltd.
Hong Kong
Wiley Publishing Australia Pty Ltd.
Australia
John Wiley and Sons Australia, Ltd.
Australia
John Wiley & Sons Canada Limited
Canada
John Wiley & Sons (HK) Limited
Hong Kong
Wiley HK2 Limited
Hong Kong

(1)
The names of other subsidiaries that would not constitute a significant subsidiary in the aggregate have been omitted.
Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 33-62605 and 333-167697) on Form S-8 of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") of our reports dated June 29, 2018 , with respect to the consolidated statements of financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and shareholders' equity, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 30, 2018, and the related notes and financial statement schedule II (collectively, the "consolidated financial statements"), and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2018, which reports appear in the April 30, 2018 annual report on Form 10-K of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries.


/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
June 29, 2018

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Brian A. Napack, President and Chief Executive Officer of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the "Company"), hereby certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the Company;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The Company's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report, based on such evaluation; and

d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company's most recent fiscal quarter (the Company's fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The Company's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company's auditors and the audit committee of the Company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting that are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal control over financial reporting.


By:
 
/s/ Brian A. Napack
 
   
Brian A. Napack
 
   
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
       
   
Dated: June 29, 2018
 

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, John A. Kritzmacher, Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Operations, of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the "Company"), hereby certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the Company;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The Company's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report, based on such evaluation; and

d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company's most recent fiscal quarter (the Company's fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The Company's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company's auditors and the audit committee of the Company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting that are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal control over financial reporting


By:
 
/s/ John A. Kritzmacher
 
   
John A. Kritzmacher
 
   
Chief Financial Officer and
 
   
Executive Vice President, Operations
 
   
Dated: June 29, 2018
 

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Brian A. Napack, President and Chief Executive Officer, of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

(1)
the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


By:
 
/s/ Brian A. Napack
 
   
Brian A. Napack
 
   
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
       
   
Dated: June 29, 2018
 

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, John A. Kritzmacher, Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Operations, of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

(1)
the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


By:
 
/s/ John A. Kritzmacher
 
   
John A. Kritzmacher
 
   
Chief Financial Officer and
 
   
Executive Vice President, Operations
 
   
Dated: June 29, 2018